You are on page 1of 430

52B-1

GROUP 52B

SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT
SYSTEM (SRS)
CONTENTS

GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . 52B-3 <Occupant classification-ECU> . . . . . . . . . . 52B-292


DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE PROCEDURES
SERVICE PRECAUTIONS. . . . . . . . . 52B-24 <OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION-ECU> . . . 52B-294
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART . . . . . . . . . . 52B-344
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . 52B-27 SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-345
INTRODUCTION TO DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . 52B-27 DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE . . . . . . . . 52B-354
TROUBLESHOOTING STRATEGY . . . . . . 52B-27 ACTUATOR TEST REFERENCE TABLE . . 52B-355
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-27 FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION REFERENCE
TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-355
SRS WARNING LIGHT CHECK . . . . . . . . . 52B-30
ACCURACY CHECK OF OCCUPANT
PASSENGER'S SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT
CLASSIFICATION SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-355
CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-30
PASSENGER'S AIR BAG OFF INDICATOR LIGHT
CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-30 SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-356
CHECK CHART FOR DIAGNOSIS CODES 52B-32
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
TEST EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-357
PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-38
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART Continued on next page

WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS
AFTER HANDLING.

WARNING
Carefully read and observe the information in the SRS SERVICE PRECAUTIONS prior to any service.
For information concerning diagnosis or maintenance, always observe the procedures in the SRS Diagnosis or
the SRS Maintenance sections, respectively.
If any SRS components are removed or replaced in connection with any service procedures, be sure to follow the
procedures in the INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT SERVICE section for the comportments involved.
If you have any questions about the SRS, please contact the MMNA Tech Line.
52B-2

POST-COLLISION DIAGNOSIS . . . . 52B-358 INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-393

INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT SERVICE52B-364 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE(S). . . . 52B-394


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52B-394
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE. . . . . . . . . . . 52B-364 INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-397
ACCURACY CHECK OF OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATION SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-364 SIDE IMPACT SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-398
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52B-398
FRONT IMPACT SENSORS . . . . . . . 52B-367 INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-400
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52B-367
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-370 SEAT BELTS WITH
PRE-TENSIONER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-401
SRS CONTROL UNIT (SRS-ECU). . . 52B-371 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52B-401
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52B-371 INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-405
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-374
SEAT SLIDE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-405
DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52B-405
SPRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-375 INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-407
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52B-375
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-380 OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION-ECU 52B-408
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52B-408
PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-410
MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-382
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52B-382 PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-385 SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-410
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52B-410
KNEE AIR BAG MODULE . . . . . . . . . 52B-386 INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-412
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52B-386
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-389 AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL
PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-412
SIDE-AIRBAG MODULE(S). . . . . . . . 52B-390
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52B-390 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER DISPOSAL
PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-427
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GENERAL INFORMATION
52B-3
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1524000102491

DANGER The SRS consists of air bag modules, SRS air bag
The SRS-ECU adopts the rollover specifica- control unit (SRS-ECU), front impact sensors, side
tion that the curtain airbag and seat belt impact sensors, SRS warning light, passengers air
bag OFF indicator light, passengers seat belt warn-
pre-tensioner operate at the occurrence of
ing light, clock spring, seat belt pre-tensioner, seat
rollover. Therefore, do not tilt the vehicle to belt switch, seat slide sensor, weight sensor and
the right and left with the IG ON or tilt the occupant classification-ECU. Air bag modules are
SRS-ECU to the right and left with the IG ON located in the center of the steering wheel and above
and the harness installed. the glove box. Knee air bag is installed under the col-
umn cover. Side-airbags are located inside the front
.

WARNING
seatback assemblies. The curtain air bag module
Improper service could result in serious
consists of an air bag, an inflator, and the fixing gear
injury of the service personnel or the pas- relating to those parts, and is installed in the roof side
senger. sections (from the driver's and the passenger's front
. pillars to the rear pillars). Each air bag consists of a
The SRS is designed to supplement the front seat folded air bag and an inflator unit. The SRS-ECU
belts. It reduces injury to the driver(s) and the front placed on the forefront of the floor monitors the sys-
passenger(s) by deploying air bag(s) in case of a tem and has a front air bag safing G-sensor, front air
frontal collision. In addition, the side-airbag and cur- bag analog G-sensor and a side-airbag safing
tain air bag inflate upon a side collision to reduce the G-sensor. The front impact sensor is assembled in
risk of passenger injuries. the front end upper bar to monitor impact in case of
The SRS front air bags from an advanced air bag front impact. The side impact sensors inside the cen-
system together with sensors at the vehicle and sen- ter pillars and the rear quarter panel monitor the
sors attached to front seats. shock incurred by the sides of the vehicle. The SRS
. warning light on the combination meter indicates the
Side-airbag systems in the front seats are activated operational status of the SRS. The clock spring is
when side impacts exceed a criteria to protect the installed in the steering column. The seat belt
occupants upper bodies. pre-tensioner is built into the driver's and passen-
. ger's front seat belt retractor. The seat slide sensor is
The curtain airbag system operates together with the installed at the seat adjuster section of the driver
side-airbag to protect the heads of passengers in the seat in order to detect the driver seat slide position.
front and second seats. The weight sensor is installed underneath a rail of
.
the passenger seat to detect the load on the seat.
The seat belts with pre-tensioner work simulta- The passengers air bag OFF indicator light is
neously with the SRS. The seat belt incorporating the installed to the lower left of the center panel, and illu-
pre-tensioner automatically winds the seat belt upon minates when the passenger seat airbag is inactive.
front impact to reduce forward shifting of the drivers The passengers seat belt warning light is installed to
and passengers. The seat belt use status is used to the lower right of the center panel, and illuminates
control the activation and deactivation of the pre-ten- when the passenger is not wearing the seat belt. The
sioner. seat belt switch detects whether the seat belt is
.
used.
Only authorized service personnel should do work on
or around the SRS components. Those service per-
sonnel should read this manual carefully before start-
ing any such work.
.

TSB Revision
52B-4 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GENERAL INFORMATION

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC/SRS WARNING LIGHT


FUNCTION
<Meter> SRS warning light The SRS-ECU monitors the SRS system and stores data con-
cerning any detected faults in the system. When the ignition
switch is in "ON" position, the SRS warning light, passengers
air bag OFF indicator light and passengers seat belt warning
light should illuminate for about seven seconds and then turn
"OFF." That indicates that the SRS system is in operational
order. If the SRS warning light does any of the following, the
immediate inspection by an authorized dealer is needed:
1. The SRS warning light does not illuminate as described
AC905530 AB above.
2. The SRS warning light stays on for more than seven
seconds.
3. The SRS warning light illuminates while driving.
If a vehicle's SRS warning light is in any of these three condi-
tions, the SRS system must be inspected, diagnosed and ser-
viced in accordance with this manual.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GENERAL INFORMATION
52B-5
CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM

SRS warning lamp

Passenger's (front)
air bag module

Driver's air bag module

Clock spring

Passenger's seat belt warning light

Data link connector

Passenger's air bag OFF indicator light Knee air bag module

SRS-ECU

Curtain air bag module


Side-airbag module
Inner seat belt
Seat belt
(seat belt buckle switch)
pre-tensioner

Weight
sensor
Side impact ACA03210
sensor (rear)

Side impact Seat slide sensor


sensor (front) Seat belt
pre-tensioner Occupant classification-ECU
Front impact sensor
ACA03533 AB

NOTE: This construction diagram shows the general


view of the SRS components. For details, refer to
"Schematic (P.52B-9), "Configuration Diagrams
(P.52B-12), " and "Circuit Diagram (P.52B-13)".

TSB Revision
52B-6 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GENERAL INFORMATION

WARNING/CAUTION LABELS
A number of caution labels related to the SRS are found in the vehicle, as shown in the following illustrations.
Follow label instructions when servicing SRS. The label I is not to be removed except by owner. If the other
labels are dirty or damaged, replace them.

Driver's air bag module Passenger's (front) SRS-ECU


air bag module
A C

ACA03013 AC904497
AC904461

Sunvisor
Knee air bag module
E

E
D

AC904540

Seat belt pre-tensioner Side-airbag module Curtain air bag module


(right and left) (right and left) (right and left)

G
H

AC904335
AC904861

Center pillar (right and left)


Glove box

ACA03208 ACA03014
ACA03025 AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GENERAL INFORMATION
52B-7
Label contents
A, B, D DANGER
FLAMMABLE EXPLOSIVE
DO NOT:
DISASSEMBLE; HEAT; INCINERATE; APPLY ELECTRICITY;
OR STORE AT HIGH TEMPERATURE (93C or HIGHER).
REFER TO WORKSHOP MANUAL FOR DETAILS.
C CAUTION:
DO NOT DISASSEMBLE OR DROP. IF DEFECTIVE, REFER TO SERVICE MANUAL.
E<EXCEPT WARNING
VEHICLES FOR EVEN WITH ADVANCED AIR BAGS
CANADA> Children can be killed or seriously injured by the air bag
The back seat is the safest place for children
Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front
Always use seat belts and child restraints
See owners manual for more information about air bags
AC306673

E <VEHICLES WARNING
FOR DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY can occur
CANADA> Children 12 and under can be killed by the air bag.
The BACK SEAT is the SAFEST place for children.
NEVER put a rear-facing child seat in the front.
Sit as far back as possible from the air bag.
ALWAYS use SEAT BELTS and CHILD RESTRAINTS.

F DANGER; BELT PRETENSIONER


DO NOT DISSEMBLE OR IMPACT.
REFER TO SERVICE MANUAL FOR INSTRUCTION, HANDLING, STORAGE AND
DISPOSAL PROCEDURES.
G WARNING
SRS AIR BAG MODULE FLAMMABLE/EXPLOSIVE
TO AVOID SERIOUS INJURY:
DO NOT REPAIR, DISASSEMBLE OR TAMPER.
AVOID CONTACT WITH FLAME OR ELECTRICITY.
DO NO DIAGNOSIS/USE NO TEST EQPT OR PROBES.
STORE BELOW 200F (93C).
BEFORE DOING ANY WORK INVOLVING MODULE. READ SERVICE MANUAL
FOR IMPORTANT FURTHER DATA.
H DANGER
FLAMMABLE EXPLOSIVE
SRS AIR BAG MODULE
Do not disassemble or shock
Do not heat or incinerate.
Do not contact with electricity or tester probes.
Do not test or diagnose.
Do not store in more than 200 F (93 C).
Store the air bag cover is top.
For information on handling, replacement, and disposal methods, refer to the service
manual.

TSB Revision
52B-8 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GENERAL INFORMATION

Label contents
I SRS SIDE AIRBAG
WARNING
TO AVOID SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH:
Do not lean against the door.
Do not use seat covers.
See owners manual for more information
J <EXCEPT This Vehicle is Equipped with Advanced Air Bags
VEHICLES FOR Even with Advanced Air Bags
CANADA> Children can be killed or seriously injured by the air bag.
The back seat is the safest place for children.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front.
Always use seat belts and child restraints.
See owners manual for more information about air bags.
Not to be removed except by owner.
J <VEHICLES WARNING
FOR CANADA> MISE EN GARDE
Children Can Be KILLED or INJURED by Passenger Air Bag
The back seat is the safest place for children 12 and under.
Make sure all children use seat belts or child seats.
Not to be removed except by owner.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GENERAL INFORMATION
52B-9
SCHEMATIC

Ignition switch (IG1) Fusible link


SRS-ECU
IG1
RELAY
OFF
Front impact sensor (LH)
ON
ETACS-ECU Passenger's air bag
7.5A 7.5A OFF indicator light

Front impact sensor (RH)

OFF OFF
OFF
ON ON
Data link connector
ON
OFF OFF (for scan tool)
CLOCK SPRING

OFF
Driver's air bag module ON ON ON
OFF OFF
OFF
ON ON CAN bus line
ON
OFF OFF
OFF
ON ON ON Combination meter
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF
Passenger's (front) ON ON Side impact
air bag module OFF OFF sensor (Front: LH)
ON ON
OFF OFF
ON Side impact
ON
OFF OFF sensor (Front: RH)
Driver's
ON ON
knee air bag module OFF OFF
ON ON Side impact
OFF OFF sensor (Rear: LH)
ON ON
Seat belt pre-tensioner OFF OFF
(LH)
ON ON Side impact
OFF OFF sensor (Rear: RH)
ON ON
Seat belt pre-tensioner
OFF OFF
(RH)
ON ON
OFF OFF
Seat belt switch
Side-airbag module ON ON (Driverr's side)
(LH) OFF OFF
ON ON
OFF OFF
ON Seat belt switch
Side-airbag module ON
OFF (Passenger's side)
(RH) OFF
ON ON
OFF OFF
Curtain air bag module ON ON
(LH) OFF OFF
ON ON
OFF OFF Note
Curtain air bag module ON
* : Connector lock switch
ON
(RH) OFF Connector connected: ON
OFF
Connector disconnected: OFF
ON
ON
ACA03532 AB

TSB Revision
52B-10 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GENERAL INFORMATION

SRS AIR BAG SPECIAL CONNECTOR


.

A
Side-airbag module (RH)
A
Curtain air bag module (RH)
A
Seat belt pre-tensioner (RH)
A A

Passenger's (front) air bag module

SRS-ECU A Clock spring


Driver's air bag module

A
Driver's knee air bag module

A
Seat belt pre-tensioner (LH)
A
Curtain air bag module (LH)
A
Side-airbag module (LH)
A ACA03536 AB

To enhance the system reliability, a connector short circuiting


mechanism is integrated in the SRS-ECU connector, air bag
module connectors, clock spring connector, pre-tensioner con-
nectors, and intermediate connector between curtain air bag
module and SRS-ECU (black connector "A" shown in the fig-
ure).
.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GENERAL INFORMATION
52B-11
SQUIB CIRCUIT CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
SRS-ECU connector Wiring harness-side connector Connector connected
Wiring harness-side connector
(terminal to short-circuit)
Terminal to short-circuit

Short spring
Short spring Partition panel (wiring harness-side
(SRS-ECU-side connector)
Partition panel connector)l AC904997AC

This mechanism prevents the improper deployment SRS-ECU connector


of air bag module because of the current application Connector between the clock spring and
to the squib due to the static electricity when connec- body-side wiring harness
tors between SRS-ECU and air bag modules Each air bag module connector
(squibs) are disconnected. When the connector is Each pre-tensioner connector
disconnected, the short spring short circuits the Intermediate connector between curtain air bag
power supply side terminal and ground side terminal module and SRS-ECU
of squibs, and prevents the static electricity from
generating the potential difference. This connector
mechanism is adopted for the following connectors.

TSB Revision
52B-12 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GENERAL INFORMATION

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
INSTRUMENT PANEL C-205 C-114
C-203

C-227 C-126
C-223 C-125 C-124

STEERING COLUMN
C-316 ENGINE COMPARTMENT

A-58 A-45
C-313

D-09
FLOOR D-42 D-17

D-03

D-01

D-48

D-43

D-40
D-39

D-28
D-32 D-29
D-33 D-46
ACA03517 AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GENERAL INFORMATION
52B-13
C-313 (Y) Clock spring
SEAT
C-316 (B) Drivers air bag module
D-01 (Y) Side impact sensor (Front: RH)
D-03 (B) Seat belt pre-tensioner (RH)
D-48-5 D-09 (B) Curtain air bag module (RH)
D-17 (B) Curtain air bag module (LH)
D-28 (B) Seat belt pre-tensioner (LH)
D-29 (Y) Side impact sensor (Front: LH)
D-48-3
D-48-6 D-32 (Y) Side-airbag module (LH)
D-48-2
D-33 (B) Seat belt switch (Drivers side)
D-48-4 D-48-1 ACA03524 AB D-39 (Y) Side-airbag module (RH)
D-40 (B) Seat belt switch (Passengers side)
A-45 (Y) Front impact sensor (LH) D-42 (Y) Side impact sensor (Rear: RH)
A-58 (Y) Front impact sensor (RH) D-43 (Y) Side impact sensor (Rear: LH)
C-114 (Y) Passengers (Front) air bag module D-46 (GR) Seat slide sensor
C-124 (Y) SRS-ECU D-48 Front seat assembly (RH)
C-125 (Y) SRS-ECU D-48-1 Occupant classification-ECU
C-126 (Y) SRS-ECU D-48-2 Occupant classification-ECU
C-203 Combination meter D-48-3 Weight sensor (Front:LH)
C-205 (GR) Center panel unit D-48-4 Weight sensor (Front:RH)
C-223 (B) Drivers knee air bag module D-48-5 Weight sensor (Rear:LH)
C-227 (B) Date link connector D-48-6 Weight sensor (Rear:RH)

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
WARNING
Do not repair, splice, or modify the SRS
wiring (except for specific repairs to the
instrument panel wiring harness and the
floor wiring harness shown on P.52B-24):
replace the wiring if necessary, after read-
ing and following all precautions and pro-
cedures in this manual.
Do not use an analog ohmmeter to check
the SRS wiring or components; use only
the special tools (refer to P.52B-356) and
a digital multi-meter (refer to P.52B-357).
CAUTION
Improper services cause the system to be inop-
erative. Do not disassemble or tamper with the
SRS components to prevent the serious injury.

TSB Revision
52B-14 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GENERAL INFORMATION

FRONT IMPACT FRONT IMPACT


SENSOR (LH) SENSOR (RH)

SRS-ECU

CLOCK SPRING

NOTE
: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

DRIVER'S AIR BAG


MODULE (SQUIB) DRIVER'S AIR BAG
MODULE (SQUIB)

ACA03462 AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GENERAL INFORMATION
52B-15

PASSENGER'S (FRONT)
AIR BAG MODULE
(SQUIB)

NOTE
: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

SRS-ECU

DRIVER'S KNEE AIR BAG SEAT BELT SEAT BELT


MODULE (SQUIB) PRE-TENSIONER (LH) PRE-TENSIONER (RH)

ACA03463 AB

TSB Revision
52B-16 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GENERAL INFORMATION

SIDE IMPACT SENSOR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR


(REAR: LH) (LH)

SRS-ECU

NOTE
: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

SIDE-AIRBAG CURTAIN AIR BAG


MODULE MODULE
(SQUIB) (LH) (SQUIB) (LH)

ACA03464 AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GENERAL INFORMATION
52B-17
ETACS-ECU (FUSE 12 )

SIDE IMPACT SIDE IMPACT


SENSOR SENSOR (RH)
(REAR: RH)

CENTER
PANEL UNIT
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
AIR BAG OFF
INDICATOR
LIGHT
PASSENGER'S
SIDE

SRS-ECU

NOTE
: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

SIDE-AIRBAG MODULE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


(SQUIB) (RH) (SQUIB) (RH)

ACA03465 AB

TSB Revision
52B-18 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GENERAL INFORMATION

IGNITION SWITCH (IG1) FUSIBLE


OR OSS-ECU (IG1) LINK 34

ETACS-
ECU

IG1
RELAY

JOINT
CONNECTOR
(2)

SRS-ECU

ACA03466 AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GENERAL INFORMATION
52B-19

CAN DRIVE CAN DRIVE


CIRCUIT CIRCUIT

INTERFACE INTERFACE
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT

JOINTCONNECTOR
(CAN1)

ETACS-ECU
(FUSE 12 )
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
FRONT SIDE

CAN
TRANSCEIVER
CIRCUIT
GROUNDING
CONNECTOR

CPU

LCD (SRS)
RHEOSTAT

COMBINATION METER

ACA03467AB

TSB Revision
52B-20 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GENERAL INFORMATION

<VEHICLES WITH FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY (RH)>

JOINT CONNECTOR
ETACS-ECU (CAN1)
(FUSE 17 )

OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATION-
ECU

FRONT SEAT
ASSEMBLY (RH)

SEAT SLIDE
SENSOR
HALL IC

ACA03468 AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GENERAL INFORMATION
52B-21

WEIGHT WEIGHT
SENSOR SENSOR
(FRONT: LH) (FRONT: RH)

OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATION-ECU

WEIGHT WEIGHT
SENSOR SENSOR
(REAR: LH) (REAR: RH)

ACA03469 AB

TSB Revision
52B-22 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GENERAL INFORMATION

SEAT BELT SEAT BELT


SWITCH SWITCH
DRIVER'S PASSENGER'S
SIDE SIDE
HALL IC HALL IC

SRS-ECU

ACA03470 AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GENERAL INFORMATION
52B-23
COMPONENT LOCATION

Driver's air bag module Passenger's (front)


Data link Clock spring air bag module
connector

ETACS-ECU

AC905341

SRS-ECU

Weight
sensor
Seat slide sensor G and yaw
rate sensor
AC904903
Occupant classification-ECU

Curtain air bag module

Front impact sensor

Side impact sensor (Rear)

Rear seat belt Head light assembly (LH)

Side impact sensor (Front)

ACA03106

Front seat belt (LH)

ACA03556 AB

NOTE: The illustration above shows the front impact position of the front impact sensor (LH) and the side
sensor (RH) and the side impact sensor (RH). The impact sensor (LH) is symmetrical to this.

TSB Revision
52B-24 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SERVICE PRECAUTIONS

SERVICE PRECAUTIONS
M1524000301975

DANGER
In order to avoid injury to yourself or others from
accidental deployment of the air bag during servic-
ing, read and carefully follow all the precautions
and procedures described in this manual.
After disconnecting the battery cable, wait 60 sec-
Insulating tape onds or more before proceeding with the following
Battery work. The SRS system is designed to retain
enough voltage to deploy the air bag for a short
time even after the battery has been disconnected,
so serious injury may result from unintended air
bag deployment if work is done on the SRS system
immediately after the battery cables are discon-
Battery cable nected.
AC300580AB
The SRS-ECU adopts the rollover specification
that the curtain airbag and seat belt pre-tensioner
operate at the occurrence of rollover. Therefore, do
not tilt the vehicle to the right and left with the IG
ON or tilt the SRS-ECU to the right and left with the
IG ON and the harness installed.
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories
contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS
AFTER HANDLING.
Certain components of this vehicle, such as air
bag modules and seat belt pre-tensioners, may
contain perchlorate materials. Special handling
may apply. For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Do not use any electrical test equipment on or near
the SRS components, except those specified on
P.52B-357.
Never Attempt to Repair the Following Compo-
nents: SRS-ECU, Clock Spring, Air Bag Module,
Front impact sensor, Side Impact Sensor, Seat Belt
with Pre-tensioner, Seat slide sensor, Front seat
assembly. If any of these components are diag-
nosed as faulty, they should only be replaced, in
accordance with the INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT
SERVICE procedures in this manual, starting on
P.52B-364.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SERVICE PRECAUTIONS
52B-25
Do not attempt to repair the wiring harness con-
nectors of the SRS. If any of the connectors are
SRS-ECU connector diagnosed as faulty, replace the wiring harness. If
the wires are diagnosed as faulty, replace or repair
the wiring harness according to the following
table.

AC905461AE

SRS-ECU terminal No. Destination of harness Corrective action


1, 2 Instrument panel wiring harness Correct or replace the instrument panel
Knee air bag module wiring harness
3, 4 Instrument panel wiring harness Correct or replace the instrument panel
Clock spring Driver's air bag wiring harness. Replace the clock spring.
module 2nd squib side
5, 6 Instrument panel wiring harness
Clock spring Driver's air bag
module 1st squib side
7, 8 Instrument panel wiring harness Correct or replace the instrument panel
Passenger's (front) air bag module wiring harness.
1st squib side
9, 10 Instrument panel wiring harness
Passenger's (front) air bag module
2nd squib side
13 Instrument panel wiring harness
Air bag OFF indicator light
17, 27 Instrument panel wiring harness Correct or replace each wiring harness.
Front wiring harness Front impact
sensor (LH)
18, 28 Instrument panel wiring harness
Front wiring harness Front impact
sensor (RH)
21 Floor wiring harness ETACS-ECU Correct or replace the floor wiring harness.
(fuse No. 18)
22 Floor wiring harness ETACS-ECU
(fuse No. 12)
24 Instrument panel wiring harness Correct or replace the instrument panel
Ground wiring harness.
29, 30 Instrument panel wiring harness
CAN bus line

TSB Revision
52B-26 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SERVICE PRECAUTIONS

SRS-ECU terminal No. Destination of harness Corrective action


31, 32 Floor wiring harness Front Correct or replace the floor wiring harness.
passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner
33, 38 Floor wiring harness Passengers
seat belt switch
36, 37 Floor wiring harness Curtain air
bag module (LH)
39, 40 Floor wiring harness Side-airbag
module (LH)
41, 42 Floor wiring harness Side impact
sensor (LH)
44, 45 Floor wiring harness Side impact
sensor (Rear: LH)
53, 58 Floor wiring harness Drivers seat
belt switch
54, 55 Floor wiring harness Driver's seat
belt pre-tensioner
56, 57 Floor wiring harness Side-airbag
module (RH)
59, 60 Floor wiring harness Curtain air
bag module (RH)
61, 62 Floor wiring harness Side impact
sensor (Rear: RH)
64, 65 Floor wiring harness Side impact
sensor (RH)
.

WARNING
The SRS components and seat belt with pre-ten-
sioner should not be subjected to heat, so remove
the SRS-ECU, drivers and front passengers air
bag modules, clock spring, knee air bag module,
side-airbag modules, Curtain air bag modules,
front and side impact sensor and seat belt pre-ten-
sioner before drying or baking the vehicle after
painting.
SRS-ECU, air bag module, clock spring, impact
sensor: 93 C (200 F) or more
Seat belt with pre-tensioner 90C (194 F) or
more
After servicing the SRS system, check the warning
light operation to make sure that the system func-
tions properly. (Refer to P.52B-3).
Make certain that the ignition switch is in the
"LOCK"(OFF) position when the scan tool is con-
nected or disconnected.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-27
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
INTRODUCTION TO DIAGNOSIS
M1524005000534
The SRS system is controlled by the SRS-ECU. The SRS warning light in the combination meter alerts a
SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by detect- malfunction of the SRS system. If the following
ing signals from the left and right front impact sen- symptoms occur even when the vehicle has not been
sors and side impact sensors, front air bag analog in a collision, there may be a malfunction in the SRS
G-sensor and front air bag safing G-sensor and system.
side-airbag safing G-sensor. If the impact is over a The SRS warning light does not go off within
predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an ignition approximately seven seconds after the ignition
signal. At this time, if the safing G-sensor is on, the switch has been turned to the "ON" position.
SRS air bag will inflate. (The passenger's air bag The SRS warning light does not illuminate when
may not inflate according to the occupant detection the ignition switch is turned to the "ON" position.
data from the occupant classification-ECU.) The Refer to Post-collision Diagnosis when inspecting
and servicing a vehicle that has been in a collision
(Refer to P.52B-358).
TROUBLESHOOTING STRATEGY
M1524003100933
Use these steps to plan your diagnostic strategy. If 5. If there is a SRS DTC, record the code number,
you follow them carefully, you will be sure that you then erase the code from vehicle memory using
have exhausted all of the possible ways to find a scan tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly) MB991958.
SRS fault. 6. Recreate the SRS DTC set conditions to see if the
1. Gather information about the problem from the same SRS DTC will be set again.
customer. If the same SRS DTC is set again, follow the
2. Verify that the condition described by the Inspection Chart for the DTC and find the fault.
customer exists. If you cannot get the same SRS DTC to be set
3. Check the vehicle for any SRS diagnostic trouble again, the malfunction is intermittent. Refer to
codes (SRS DTC). GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting
4. If you cannot verify the condition but there are no Inspection Service Points How to Cope with
SRS DTCs, the malfunction is intermittent. Refer Intermittent Malfunctions P.00-15.
to GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting
Inspection Service Points How to Cope with
Intermittent Malfunctions P.00-15.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
M1524013800223

HOW TO CONNECT THE SCAN TOOL (M.U.T.-III)


Required Special Tools:
MB991958: Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
MB991824:Vehicle Communication Interface(V.C.I.)
MB991827:M.U.T.-III USB Cable
MB991910:M.U.T.-III Main Harness A

TSB Revision
52B-28 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
Data link connector necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
1. Ensure that the ignition switch is at the "LOCK" (OFF)
position.
2. Start up the personal computer.
3. Connect special tool MB991827 to special tool MB991824
and the personal computer.
4. Connect special tool MB991910 to special tool MB991824.
MB991910 5. Connect special tool MB991910 to the data link connector.
MB991824 6. Turn the power switch of special tool MB991824 to the "ON"
position.
NOTE: When special tool MB991824 is energized, special
tool MB991824 indicator light will be illuminated in a green
color.
7. Start the M.U.T.-III system on the personal computer.
NOTE: Disconnecting scan tool MB991958 is the reverse of the
MB991827 connecting sequence, making sure that the ignition switch is at
ACA00016 AB
the "LOCK" (OFF) position.

HOW TO READ AND ERASE DIAGNOSTIC


TROUBLE CODES
Required Special Tools:
MB991958: Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
MB991824:Vehicle Communication Interface(V.C.I.)
MB991827:M.U.T.-III USB Cable
MB991910:M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
NOTE: If the battery voltage is low, diagnostic trouble codes will
not be set. Check the battery if scan tool MB991958 does not
display.
1. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
3. Select "System select" from the start-up screen.
4. Select "From 2006 MY" of "Model Year." When the "Vehicle
Information" is displayed, check the contents.
5. Select "SRS-AIR BAG" from "System List," and press the
"OK" button.
NOTE: When the "Loading Option Setup" list is displayed,
check the applicable item.
6. Select "Diagnostic Trouble Code" to read the DTC.
7. If a DTC is set, it is shown.
8. Choose "Erase DTCs" to erase the DTC.

HOW TO DIAGNOSE THE CAN BUS LINES


Required Special Tools:
MB991958: Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
MB991824: Vehicles Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
MB991827: M.U.T.-III USB Cable

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-29
MB991910: M.U.T.-III Main Harness A (Vehicles with
CAN communication system)
1. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
3. Select "CAN bus diagnosis" from the start-up screen.
4. When the vehicle information is displayed, confirm that it
matches the vehicle being diagnosed.
If they match, go to Step 8.
If not, go to Step 5.
5. Select the "view vehicle information" button.
6. Enter the vehicle information and select the "OK" button.
7. When the vehicle information is displayed, confirm again
that it matches the vehicle being diagnosed.
If they match, go to Step 8.
If not, go to Step 5.
8. Select the "OK" button.
9. When the optional equipment screen is displayed, choose
the one which the vehicle is fitted with, and then select the
"OK" button.

CHECK OF FREEZE FRAME DATA When detecting fault and storing the DTC, the ECU
<OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION-ECU connected to CAN bus line obtains the data before
the determination of the DTC and the data when the
ONLY> DTC is determined, and then stores the ECU status
The freeze frame data can be checked by using the of that time. By analyzing each data from scan tool,
scan tool (GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent the troubleshooting can be performed more effi-
Malfunction P.00-15). ciently. The displayed items are as the table below.
.

DISPLAY ITEM LIST


Item No. Item name Data item Unit
01 Odometer Total driving distance after the diagnostic trouble mile*
code is generated
02 Ignition cycle Number of times the ignition switch is turned "ON" or Number of
"LOCK (OFF)" after the past failure transition counts is
displayed.
04 Accumulated minute Cumulative time for current malfunction of min
diagnostic trouble code
NOTE: *: If a failure occurs to both the ASC-ECU and
ETACS-ECU, 0000 mile or FFFF mile is displayed on
the scan tool MB991958.

TSB Revision
52B-30 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

SRS WARNING LIGHT CHECK


M1524004301353
<Meter> SRS warning light 1. Check that the SRS warning light illuminates when the
ignition switch is in the "ON" position.
2. Check that it illuminates for approximately seven seconds
and then goes out.
3. If not, check for DTC.

AC905530 AB

PASSENGER'S SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT


CHECK
M1524026200157
When an adult on the front passenger's seat wears the seat
belt with the ignition switch "ON," confirm that the passenger's
seat belt warning light goes out.
The light comes on when a person sits on the front passenger
Passenger's seat belt seat but does not fasten the seat belt.
warning light

ACA03521AB

PASSENGER'S AIR BAG OFF INDICATOR LIGHT


CHECK
M1524026300262
.

SYSTEM CHECK
Check that the passengers air bag OFF indicator light illumi-
nates when the ignition switch is in the "ON" position.
Check that it illuminates for approximately seven seconds and
then goes out.
Passenger's air bag OFF In the following situations, the indicator will stay on to show that
indicator light the passengers (front) air bag is not operational.
The occupant classification-ECU and weight sensor sense
66 pounds (30 kg) on the front passenger seat.
The front passengers seat is not occupied.
AC905531AC

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-31
ILLUMINATION CHECK
1. Remove the instrument panel assembly center.
2. Connect the positive battery terminal with the center panel
Instrument panel
unit connector terminal No. 12. Then, check if the
assembly center
passengers air bag OFF indicator light is illuminated when
the negative battery terminal and the center panel unit
connector terminal No. 14 are connected.
3. If the passengers air bag OFF indicator light is illuminated, it
Center panel is judged good.
unit connector

ACA00007AD

TSB Revision
52B-32 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CHECK CHART FOR DIAGNOSIS CODES


M1524003302416

CAUTION
During diagnosis, a DTC code associated with another system may be set when the ignition switch is
turned on with connector(s) disconnected. After completing the repair, confirm all systems for DTC
code(s). If DTC code(s) are set, erase them all.
Inspect according to the inspection chart that is appropriate for the DTC.

Code No. Diagnostic item Reference page


B1400 *2 Driver's Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Short Circuit P.52B-38
Between Squib Circuit Terminals)
B1401*2 Driver's Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Squib Circuit P.52B-45
Open)
B1402*2 Driver's Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Shorted to P.52B-51
Squib Circuit Ground)
B1403*2 Driver's Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Shorted to P.52B-57
Squib Circuit Power Supply)
B1404*4 Driver's Air Bag Module (1st Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) P.52B-63
System Detected Short Circuit
B1405*4 Driver's Air Bag Module (1st Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) P.52B-63
System Detected Open Circuit
B1406*4 Malfunction of G-sensor inside Front Impact Sensor (RH) P.52B-66
B1407*2 Front Impact Sensor (RH) Voltage Error P.52B-68
B1408*2 Front Impact Sensor (RH) Communication Error P.52B-71
B1409*2 Front Impact Sensor (RH) Communication Impossible P.52B-71
B1410*2 Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st squib) System P.52B-74
(Short Circuit Between Squib Circuit Terminals)
B1411*2 Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st squib) System P.52B-80
(Squib Circuit Open)
B1412*2 Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st squib) System P.52B-85
(Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)
B1413*2 Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st squib) System P.52B-90
(Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply)
B1414*4 Passengers (Front) Air Bag Module (1st Squib Ignition P.52B-63
Drive Circuit) System Detected Short Circuit
B1415*4 Passengers (Front) Air Bag Module (1st Squib Ignition P.52B-63
Drive Circuit) System Detected Open Circuit
B1416*4 Malfunction of G-sensor inside Front Impact Sensor (LH) P.52B-66
B1417*2 Front Impact Sensor (LH) Voltage Error P.52B-96
B1418*2 Front Impact Sensor (LH) Communication Error P.52B-99
B1419*2 Front Impact Sensor (LH) Communication Impossible P.52B-99
B1420*2 Side-airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Short Circuit P.52B-102
between Squib Circuit Terminals)
B1421*2 Side-airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Squib Circuit P.52B-107
Open)

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-33
Code No. Diagnostic item Reference page
B1422*2 Side-airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib P.52B-112
Circuit Ground)
B1423*2 Side-airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib P.52B-116
Circuit Power Supply)
B1424*4 Side-airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System Detected Short P.52B-63
Circuit
B1425*4 Side-airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System Detected Open P.52B-63
Circuit
B1426*4 Malfunction of G-sensor Inside Side Impact Sensor (Front: P.52B-120
RH)
B1427*2 Side Impact Sensor (Front: RH) Voltage Error P.52B-122
B1428*2 Side Impact sensor (Front: RH) Communication Error P.52B-124
B1429*2 Side Impact sensor (Front: RH) Communication impossible P.52B-124
B1430*2 Side-airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Short Circuit P.52B-128
between Squib Circuit Terminals)
B1431*2 Side-airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Squib Circuit P.52B-133
Open)
B1432*2 Side-airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib P.52B-138
Circuit Ground)
B1433*2 Side-airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib P.52B-142
Circuit Power Supply)
B1434*4 Side-airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System Fault 3 for Ignition P.52B-63
Drive Circuit
B1435*4 Side-airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System Fault 4 for Ignition P.52B-63
Drive Circuit
B1436*4 Malfunction of G-sensor Inside Side Impact Sensor (Front: P.52B-120
LH)
B1437*2 Side Impact Sensor (Front: LH) Voltage Error P.52B-146
B1438*2 Side Impact Sensor (Front: LH) Communication Error P.52B-149
B1439*2 Side Impact Sensor (Front: LH) Communication Impossible P.52B-149

B1440*2 Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Short Circuit P.52B-152
between Squib Circuit Terminals)
B1441*2 Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Squib Circuit P.52B-156
Open
B1442*2 Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Shorted to P.52B-161
Squib Circuit Ground)
B1443*2 Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Shorted to P.52B-165
Squib Circuit Power Supply))
B1444*4 Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System Detected P.52B-63
Short Circuit
B1445*4 Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System Detected P.52B-63
Open Circuit
B1446*4 Side Impact Sensor (Rear: RH) System for Fault P.52B-169

TSB Revision
52B-34 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Code No. Diagnostic item Reference page


B1447*2 Side Impact Sensor (Rear: RH) Power Supply Circuit P.52B-171
System
B1448*2 Side Impact Sensor (Rear: RH) (Squib) for Power Supply P.52B-173
Circuit
B1449*2 Side Impact Sensor (Rear: RH) (Squib) for Communication P.52B-173
System
B1450*2 Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Short Circuit P.52B-176
between Squib Circuit Terminals)
B1451*2 Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Squib Circuit P.52B-180
Open)
B1452*2 Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Shorted to P.52B-185
Squib Circuit Ground)
B1453*2 Curtain Air bag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Shorted to P.52B-189
Squib Circuit Power Supply)
B1454*4 Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System Detected Short P.52B-63
Circuit
B1455*4 Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System Detected Open P.52B-63
Circuit
B1456*4 Side Impact Sensor (Rear: LH) System for Fault P.52B-169
B1457*2 Side Impact Sensor (Rear: LH) Power Supply Circuit P.52B-193
System
B1458*2 Side Impact Sensor (Rear: LH) (Squib) for Power Supply P.52B-196
Circuit
B14592 Side Impact Sensor (Rear: LH) (Squib) for Communication P.52B-196
System
B1466*4 Analog G-Sensor System in the SRS-ECU P.52B-63
B1467*4 Safing G-Sensor Open Circuit P.52B-63
B1468*4 Safing G-Sensor Short Circuit P.52B-63
B1469*4 Safing G-Sensor for Side Air Bag Faults P.52B-63
B1476*3 Open Circuit to IG1 Power Supply (Fuse No.12 Circuit) P.52B-199
B1477*3 Open Circuit to IG1 Power Supply (Fuse No.18 Circuit) P.52B-199
B1478*4 SRS-ECU Capacitor Circuit Voltage too High P.52B-63
B1479*4 SRS-ECU Capacitor Circuit Voltage too Low P.52B-63
B1480*2 Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Short Circuit P.52B-38
Between Squib Circuit Terminals)
B1481*2 Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Squib Circuit P.52B-45
Open)
B1482*2 Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Shorted to P.52B-51
Squib Circuit Ground)
B1483*2 Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Shorted to P.52B-57
Squib Circuit Power Supply)
B1484*4 Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) P.52B-63
System Detected Short Circuit

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-35
Code No. Diagnostic item Reference page
B1485*4 Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) P.52B-63
System Detected Open Circuit
B1488*4 Passengers Air Bag OFF Indicator Light (Short Circuit P.52B-204
between Circuit Terminal)
B1489*2 Passengers Air Bag OFF Indicator Light (Open Circuit) P.52B-207
B1490*2 Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System P.52B-74
(Short Circuit Between Squib Circuit Terminals)
B1491*2 Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System P.52B-80
(Squib Circuit Open)
B1492*2 Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System P.52B-85
(Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)
B1493*2 Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System P.52B-90
(Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply)
B1494*4 Passengers (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd Squib Ignition P.52B-63
Drive Circuit) System Detected Short Circuit
B1495*4 Passengers (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd Squib Ignition P.52B-63
Drive Circuit) System Detected Open Circuit
B1496*4 SRS-ECU Non-Volatile Memory (EEPROM*1) P.52B-63
B1497*4 SRS-ECU Application Specific Integrated Circuit (for frontal P.52B-63
activation)
B1498*4 SRS-ECU ROM or RAM P.52B-63
B1499*4 Air Bag Deployment Determined by SRS-ECU P.52B-210
B1527*2 Seat Belt Switch (Drivers side) Circuit Open P.52B-211
B1528*2 Seat Belt Switch (Drivers side) Circuit (Ground Side) P.52B-211
Shorted
B1537*2 Seat Belt Switch (Passengers side) Circuit Open P.52B-215
B1538*2 Seat Belt Switch (Passengers side) Circuit (Ground Side) P.52B-215
Shorted
B1547*4 Passengers Air Bag Cut Off Activating Circuit P.52B-63
B1556*2 Drivers Seat Slide Sensor Malfunction (Occupant P.52B-219
Classification-ECU)
B1557*4 SRS-ECU Application Specific Integrated Circuit P.52B-63
B1558*2 OCM (Occupant Classification-ECU) DTC Present P.52B-220
B1573*5 Passengers Air Bag Cut Off Switch Circuit (Power Supply -
side) Shorted
B1588*4 SRS-ECU Backup Capacitor System (Up converter unit) P.52B-63
B1589*4 SRS-ECU Backup Capacitor System (Down converter unit) P.52B-63

B1590*4 SRS-ECU Backup Capacitor System (capacitance big) P.52B-63


B1591*4 SRS-ECU Backup Capacitor System (capacitance small) P.52B-63
B1594*4 SRS-ECU Safing G-sensor Malfunction (For Side Collision) P.52B-63

TSB Revision
52B-36 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Code No. Diagnostic item Reference page


B1603*2 Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Short P.52B-221
Circuit Between Squib Circuit Terminals)
B1604*2 Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Squib P.52B-227
Circuit Open)
B1605*2 Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Shorted to P.52B-232
Squib Circuit Ground)
B1606*2 Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Shorted to P.52B-237
Squib Circuit Power Supply))
B1607*4 Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) P.52B-63
System Detected Short Circuit
B1608*4 Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) P.52B-63
System Detected Open Circuit
B1609*2 Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System P.52B-241
(Short Circuit between Squib Circuit Terminals
B1C49*2 Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System P.52B-246
(Squib Circuit Open)
B1C47*2 Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (squib) system P.52B-251
(shorted to squib circuit Ground)
B1612*2 Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System P.52B-255
(Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply
B1613*4 Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib Ignition P.52B-63
Drive Circuit) System Detected Short Circuit
B1614*4 Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib Ignition P.52B-63
Drive Circuit) System Detected Open Circuit
B1615*4 SRS-ECU Safing G-sensor (for front air bag electronic P.52B-63
safing sensor failure)
B1616*4 SRS-ECU Safing G-sensor (for front air bag electronic P.52B-63
safing circuit failure)
B1617*4 Roll Over Sensor Malfunction P.52B-259
B1618*4 SRS-ECU Safing G-sensor (Z axis low G-sensor failure) P.52B-63
B1631*2 Driver's Knee Air Bag (Squib) System (Short Circuit P.52B-261
Between Squib Circuit Terminals)
B1632*2 Driver's Knee Air Bag (Squib) System (Squib Circuit Open) P.52B-265
B1633*2 Driver's Knee Air Bag (Squib) System (Shorted To Squib P.52B-261
Circuit Ground)
B1634*2 Driver's Knee Air Bag (Squib) System (Shorted To Squib P.52B-273
Circuit Power Supply)
B1635*4 Driver's Knee Air Bag Module (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) P.52B-63
System Detected Short Circuit
B1636*4 Driver's Knee Air Bag Module (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) P.52B-63
System Detected Open Circuit
B1699*4 SRS-ECU collective deployment P.52B-277
B2206 Vin error/mismatch P.52B-277
B222C Coding Data not Written P.52B-278

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-37
Code No. Diagnostic item Reference page
B223B Defective Coding Data P.52B-278
U0019 Bus Off (CAN-B) P.52B-278
U0141 ETACS CAN Timeout P.52B-279
U0154 Occupant classification-ECU CAN Timeout P.52B-281
U0155 Combination meter CAN Timeout P.52B-282
U0164 A/C -ECU CAN Timeout P.52B-284
U0168 KOS/WCM CAN Timeout P.52B-285
U0184 Audio CAN Timeout P.52B-286
U0195 Satellite radio tuner CAN Timeout P.52B-288
U0245 MMCS CAN Timeout P.52B-289
U1000 OSS CAN Timeout P.52B-290
NOTE: .
*1
: Electrically Erasable Programmable ROM
*2:This DTC will remain in memory and the SRS warning light will be switched on even if the system
returns to normal condition.
*3
: This DTC will remain in memory and the SRS warning light will be switched off when the system
returns to normal condition.
*4: This DTC cannot be erased by "Erase DTC" function.
*5
: This DTC is also set on vehicles without passengers air bag cutoff switch.

TSB Revision
52B-38 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE PROCEDURES

DTC B1400: Driver's Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Short Circuit Between Squib Circuit
Terminals)
DTC B1480: Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Short Circuit Between Squib Circuit
Terminals)

Drivers's Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CLOCK
SPRING

NOTE
*: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF

DRIVER'S AIR BAG


MODULE (SQUIB)

ACA02863 AB

Connector: C-126 Connectors: C-303, C-313, C-316

C-316 (B) C-303 (O)

C-126 (Y)

C-313 (Y)
ACA03077AB ACA03078 AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-39
CAUTION Short circuit in drivers air bag module (squib)
If DTC B1400 <1st squib> or B1480 <2nd or harness
squib> is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- Short circuit in the clock spring
nose the CAN bus lines. .

When DTC B1400 is set in the following diag- TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


nosis, check the 1st squib circuit. When DTC Improper engaged connector or defective short
B1480 is set, check the 2nd squib circuit. spring*
.

Short circuit in the clock spring


CIRCUIT OPERATION Short circuit between the driver's air bag module
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is (squib) circuit terminals
by detecting signals from the front impact sensors Damaged connector(s)
and the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
impact is over a predetermined level, the
NOTE: *: The squib circuit connectors integrate a
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
"short" spring (which prevents the air bag from
the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
deploying unintentionally due to static electricity by
air bag will inflate.
shorting the positive wire to the ground wire in the
The ignition signal is input to the air bag module
squib circuit when the connectors are disconnected).
via the clock spring to inflate the air bag.
Therefore, if connector C-126, C-303/C-316 or C-313
.
is damaged or improperly engaged, the short spring
DTC SET CONDITIONS may not be released when the connector is con-
This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance nected.
between the input terminals of the driver's air bag
module (squib). The most likely causes for this
code to be set are the followings:

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
52B-40 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

STEP 3. Check SRS-ECU connector C-126, drivers air bag


module connector C-303/C-316 and clock spring connector
C-313.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
A the C-126 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.
(3) After disconnecting C-313 clock spring, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(4) Disconnect the C-303/C-316 driver's air bag module


Locking button
connector using the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the
locking button to the direction of the arrow, and connect it
again.
Flat-tipped (5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
screwdriver (6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Driver's air bag module Q: Is DTC B1400 <1st squib> or B1480 <2nd squib> set?
harness side connector
YES : Go to Step 4.
ACA03543AB NO : The procedure is complete. It is assumed that DTC
B1400 <1st squib> or B1480 <2nd squib> set
because connector C-126, C-303/C-316 or C-313
was engaged improperly.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-41

STEP 4. Check the driver's air bag module.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
Locking button
of wiring harness side connector, and release the lock.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

Driver's air bag module


harness side connector
ACA03543AB

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.


MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 ) CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side
MB991866 directly as the connector contact pressure may be weak-
(Resistor harness) ened.
(4) Insert the resistor harness probe (special tool) as shown.
C-303/C-316 (5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
Air bag module
connector CAUTION
Always DTC B1481 is set when checking DTC B1400. This
ACA03054AB
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1481 is set but this is not a fault. In addi-
tion, always DTC B1402 is set when checking DTC B1480
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the driver's air bag module. (Refer to
P.52B-375). Then go to Step 8.

TSB Revision
52B-42 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Check the clock spring.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the clock spring connector C-313.
MB991865 (3) Connect special tool dummy resistor (MB991865) to special
MB991866
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
(Resistor harness) tool resistor harness (MB991866).
CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from C-313 harness
side connector front side directly, as the connector contact
pressure may be weakened.
(4) Insert the resistor harness probe from the back of C-313
harness side connector (terminal No.3 and 4 <1st squib> or
Clock spring (terminal No.1 and 2 <2nd squib>).
connector ACA03067 AB (5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
CAUTION
Always DTC B1481 is set when checking DTC B1400. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1481 is set but this is not a fault. In addi-
tion, always DTC B1401 is set when checking DTC B1480
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Replace the clock spring. (Refer to P.52B-375). Then
go to Step 8.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-43

STEP 6. Check the drivers air bag module circuit. Measure


the resistance at SRS-ECU connector C-126.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,
disconnect clock spring connector C-313 to short the
squib circuit.
(3) Disconnect clock spring connector C-313.
CAUTION
<1st Squib> C-126 Harness side
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
connector (front view) (0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
Terminal released.
Section
Cable tie (4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
A-A A thick] between terminals 5, 6 <1st squib> or 3, 4 <2nd
squib> and the short spring to release the short spring.
A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905150 AG

<2nd Squib> C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal
Section
Cable tie
A-A A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905150 AH

TSB Revision
52B-44 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

<1st squib> (5) Check for continuity between C-126 harness side connector
terminals 5 and 6 <1st squib> or 3 and 4 <2nd squib>.
C-126 Harness side It should be open circuit.
connector (front view)
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1400 <1st
squib> or B1480 <2nd squib> set, replace the
SRS-ECU. (Refer to P.52B-371). Go to Step 8.
NO : Go to Step 7.
ACA02867AB

<2nd squib>

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)

ACA02867AC

STEP 7. Check the harness for short circuit between the


harness wire and wire.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.5 and 6) and clock
spring connector C-313 (terminal No.3 and 4) <1st squib>.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.3 and 4) and clock
spring connector C-313 (terminal No.1 and 2) <2nd squib>.
Q: the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and clock spring connector C-313.
Then go to Step 8.

STEP 8. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1400 <1st squib> or B1480 <2nd squib> set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-45

DTC B1401: Driver's Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)
DTC B1481: Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)

Drivers's Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CLOCK
SPRING

NOTE
*: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF

DRIVER'S AIR BAG


MODULE (SQUIB)

ACA02863 AB

Connector: C-126 Connectors: C-303, C-313, C-316

C-316 (B) C-303 (O)

C-126 (Y)

C-313 (Y)
ACA03077AB ACA03078 AB

CAUTION nosis, check the 1st squib circuit. When DTC


If DTC B1401 <1st squib> or B1481 <2nd B1481 is set, check the 2nd squib circuit.
squib> is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag-
.

nose the CAN main bus line.


When DTC B1401 is set in the following diag-

TSB Revision
52B-46 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CIRCUIT OPERATION Open circuit in the driver's air bag module


The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is (squib) or harness
by detecting signals from the front impact sensors Open circuit in the clock spring
and the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the Malfunction of connector contact
impact is over a predetermined level, the .

SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRS Open circuit in the clock spring
air bag will inflate. Open circuit due to improper neutral position of
The ignition signal is input to the air bag module the clock spring
via the clock spring to inflate the air bag. Open circuit in the driver's air bag module (squib)
.
circuit
DTC SET CONDITIONS Disengaged driver's air bag module (squib) con-
This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance nector
between the input terminals of the driver's air bag Improper connector contact
module (squib). The most likely causes for this Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
code to be set are the followings:

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-47

STEP 3. Check the driver's air bag module.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
Locking button
of wiring harness side connector, and release the lock.
(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.
CAUTION
Flat-tipped Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
screwdriver
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
Driver's air bag module
harness side connector
ACA03543AB

(4) Insert the resistor harness probe (special tool) as shown.


MB991865 (5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
CAUTION
MB991866 Always DTC B1481 is set when checking DTC B1401. This
(Resistor harness) is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1481 is set but this is not a fault. In addi-
C-303/C-316 tion, always DTC B1401 is set when checking DTC B1481
Air bag module
connector because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
ACA03054AB diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the driver's air bag module. (Refer to
P.52B-375). Then go to Step 6.

TSB Revision
52B-48 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the clock spring.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the clock spring connector C-313.
MB991865 (3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.
(Dummy resistor: 3 ) MB991866
(Resistor harness) CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side
directly, as the connector contact pressure may be weak-
ened.
(4) Insert the resistor harness probe from the back of C-313
harness side connector (terminal No.3 and 4 <1st squib> or
terminal No.1 and 2 <2nd squib>).
Clock spring (5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
connector ACA03067 AB
CAUTION
Always DTC B1481 is set when checking DTC B1401. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1481 is set but this is not a fault. In addi-
tion, always DTC B1401 is set when checking DTC B1481
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the clock spring. (Refer to P.52B-375). Then
go to Step 6.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-49

STEP 5. Check the harness for open circuit between the


SRS-ECU connector C-126 and the clock spring connector
C-313.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,
disconnect the clock spring connector C-313 to short
the squib circuit.
CAUTION
<1st Squib> C-126 Harness side
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
connector (front view) (0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
Terminal released.
Section
Cable tie (3) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
A-A A thick] between terminals 5, 6 <1st squib> or 3, 4 <2nd
squib> and the short spring to release the short spring.
A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905150 AG

<2nd Squib> C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal
Section
Cable tie
A-A A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905150 AH

TSB Revision
52B-50 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CAUTION
<1st squib> C-313 Harness side
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from C-313 harness
connector (rear view) side connector front side directly, as the connector contact
C-126 Harness side pressure may be weakened.
connector (front view) (4) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
should be less than 2 ohms.
<1st squib>
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.5) and the
clock spring connector C-313 (terminal No.3)
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.6) and the
ACA02867AD clock spring connector C-313 (terminal No.4)
<2nt squib> C-313 Harness side <2nd squib>
connector (rear view) SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.3) and the
C-126 Harness side clock spring connector C-313 (terminal No.1)
connector (front view) SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.4) and the
clock spring connector C-313 (terminal No.2)
Q: Does continuity exist?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1401 <1st
squib> or B1481 <2nd squib> set, replace the
ACA02867AE SRS-ECU. (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and clock spring connector C-313
Then go to Step 6.

STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1401 <1st squib> or B1481 <2nd squib> set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-51

DTC B1402: Driver's Air Bag Module (1st Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)
DTC B1482: Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)

Drivers's Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CLOCK
SPRING

NOTE
*: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF

DRIVER'S AIR BAG


MODULE (SQUIB)

ACA02863 AB

Connector: C-126 Connectors: C-303, C-313, C-316

C-316 (B) C-303 (O)

C-126 (Y)

C-313 (Y)
ACA03077AB ACA03078 AB

CAUTION nosis, check the 1st squib circuit. When DTC


If DTC B1402 <1st squib> or B1482 <2nd B1482 is set, check the 2nd squib circuit.
squib> is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag-
.

nose the CAN main bus line.


When DTC B1402 is set in the following diag-

TSB Revision
52B-52 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CIRCUIT OPERATION DTC SET CONDITIONS


The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
by detecting signals from the front impact sensors between the input terminals of the driver's air bag
and the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the module (squib).
impact is over a predetermined level, the .

SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRS Malfunction of the clock spring
air bag will inflate. Damaged harness wires and connectors
The ignition signal is sent to the air bag module Short to the ground in the driver's air bag module
via the clock spring to inflate the air bag. (squib) harness
. Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-53

STEP 3. Check the driver's air bag module.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
Locking button
of wiring harness side connector, and release the lock.
(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.
CAUTION
Flat-tipped Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side
screwdriver
directly, as the connector contact pressure may be weak-
ened.
Driver's air bag module
harness side connector
ACA03543AB

(4) Insert the resistor harness probe (special tool) as shown.


MB991865 (5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
CAUTION
MB991866 Always DTC B1481 is set when checking DTC B1402. This
(Resistor harness) is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it, DTC B1481 is set but this is not a fault. In addi-
C-303/C-316 tion, always DTC B1401 is set when checking DTC B1482
Air bag module
connector because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
ACA03054AB diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the driver's air bag module (Refer to
P.52B-375). Then go to Step 7.

TSB Revision
52B-54 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the clock spring.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the clock spring connector C-313.
MB991865 (3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.
(Dummy resistor: 3 ) MB991866
(Resistor harness) CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(4) Insert the resistor harness probe from the back of C-313
harness side connector (terminal No.3 and 4 <1st squib> or
(terminal No.1 and 2 <2nd squib>).
Clock spring (5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
connector ACA03067 AB
CAUTION
Always DTC B1481 is set when checking DTC B1402. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it, DTC B1481 is set but this is not a fault. In addi-
tion, always DTC B1401 is set when checking DTC B1482
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the clock spring. (Refer to P.52B-375). Then
go to Step 7.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-55

STEP 5. Check the drivers air bag module circuit. Measure


the resistance at the SRS-ECU connector C-126.
(1) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,
disconnect the clock spring connector C-313 to short
the squib circuit.
(2) Disconnect the clock spring connector C-313.
CAUTION
<1st Squib> C-126 Harness side
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
connector (front view) (0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
Terminal released.
Section
Cable tie (3) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
A-A A thick] between terminals 5, 6 <1st squib> or 9, 10 <2nd
squib> and the short spring to release the short spring.
A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905150 AG

<2nd Squib> C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal
Section
Cable tie
A-A A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905150 AH

TSB Revision
52B-56 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

<1st squib> (4) Check for continuity between C-126 harness side connector
terminals 5 and 6 <1st squib> or 3 and 4 <2nd squib> and
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view) body ground.
It should be open circuit.
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1402 <1st
squib> or B1482 <2nd squib> sets, replace the
SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Go to Step 7.
ACA02867AF NO : Go to Step 6.
<2nd squib>

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)

ACA02867AG

STEP 6. Check the harness for short circuit to ground


between the following connector.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.5 and 6) and clock
spring connector C-313 (terminal No.3 and 4) <1st squib>.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.3 and 4) and clock
spring connector C-313 (terminal No.1 and 2) <2nd squib>.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and clock spring connector C-313.
Then go to Step 7.

STEP 7. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1402 <1st squib> or B1482 <2nd squib> set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-57

DTC B1403: Driver's Air bag Module (1st squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply)
DTC B1483: Driver's Air bag Module (2nd squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply

Drivers's Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CLOCK
SPRING

NOTE
*: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF

DRIVER'S AIR BAG


MODULE (SQUIB)

ACA02863 AB

Connector: C-126 Connectors: C-303, C-313, C-316

C-316 (B) C-303 (O)

C-126 (Y)

C-313 (Y)
ACA03077AB ACA03078 AB

CAUTION nosis, check the 1st squib circuit. When DTC


If DTC B1403 <1st squib> or B1483 <2nd B1483 is set, check the 2nd squib circuit.
squib> is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag-
.

nose the CAN main bus line.


When DTC B1403 is set in the following diag-

TSB Revision
52B-58 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CIRCUIT OPERATION DTC SET CONDITIONS


The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
by detecting signals from the front impact sensors between the input terminals of the driver's air bag
and the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the module (squib).
impact is over a predetermined level, the .

SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRS Malfunction of the clock spring
air bag will inflate. Damaged harness wires and connectors
The ignition signal is input to the air bag module Short to the power supply in the driver's air bag
via the clock spring to inflate the air bag. module (squib) harness
. Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-59

STEP 3. Check the driver's air bag module.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
Locking button
of wiring harness side connector, and release the lock.
(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.
CAUTION
Flat-tipped Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side
screwdriver
directly, as the connector contact pressure may be weak-
ened.
Driver's air bag module
harness side connector
ACA03543AB

(4) Insert the resistor harness probe (special tool) as shown.


MB991865 (5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
CAUTION
MB991866 Always DTC B1481 is set when checking DTC B1403. This
(Resistor harness) is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1481 is set but this is not a fault. In addi-
C-303/C-316 tion, always DTC B1401 is set when checking DTC B1483
Air bag module
connector because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
ACA03054AB diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the drivers air bag module. (Refer to
P.52B-375). Then go to Step 7.

TSB Revision
52B-60 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the clock spring.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the clock spring connector C-313.
MB991865 (3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.
(Dummy resistor: 3 ) MB991866
(Resistor harness) CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(4) Insert the resistor harness probe from the back of C-313
harness side connector terminals Nos. 3 and 4 <1st squib>
or terminal No. 2 and 1 <2nd squib>).
Clock spring (5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
connector ACA03067 AB
CAUTION
Always DTC B1B06 is set when checking DTC B1403. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1B06 is set but this is not a fault. In
addition, always DTC B1B02 is set when checking DTC
B1483 because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the clock spring (Refer to P.52B-375). Then
go to Step 7.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-61

STEP 5. Check the drivers air bag module circuit. Measure


the voltage at the SRS-ECU connector C-126.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,
disconnect the clock spring connector C-313 to short
the squib circuit.
(3) Disconnect the clock spring connector C-313.
CAUTION
<1st Squib> C-126 Harness side
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
connector (front view) (0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
Terminal released.
Section
Cable tie (4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
A-A A thick] between terminals 5, 6 <1st squib> or 3, 4 <2nd
squib> and the short spring to release the short spring.
A (5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Ignition switch: ON.

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905150 AG

<2nd Squib> C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal
Section
Cable tie
A-A A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905150 AH

TSB Revision
52B-62 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

<1st squib> (7) Measure the voltage between C-126 harness side
connector terminals 5 and 6 <1st squib> or 3 and 4 <2nd
C-126 Harness side squib> and body ground.
connector (front view)
Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.
Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1403 <1st
squib> or B1483 <2nd squib> sets, replace the
SRS-ECU. (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go to Step 7.
ACA02874 AB NO : Go to Step 6.
<2nd squib>

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)

ACA02874 AC

STEP 6. Check the harness for short circuit to power


supply between the following connector.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.5 and 6) and clock
spring connector C-313 (terminal No.3 and 4) <1st squib>.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.3 and 4) and clock
spring connector C-313 (terminal No.1 and 2) <2nd squib>.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and clock spring connector C-313.
Then go to Step 7.

STEP 7. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1403 <1st squib> or B1483 <2nd squib> set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-63

DTC B1404: Driver's Air Bag Module (1st Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short Circuit
DTC B1405: Driver's Air Bag Module (1st Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Open Circuit
DTC B1414: Passengers (Front) Air Bag Module (1st Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected
Short Circuit
DTC B1415: Passengers (Front) Air Bag Module (1st Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected
Open Circuit
DTC B1424: Side-Airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System Detected Short Circuit
DTC B1425: Side-Airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System Detected Open Circuit
DTC B1434: Side-Airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System Fault 3 for Ignition Drive Circuit
DTC B1435: Side-Airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System Fault 4 for Ignition Drive Circuit
DTC B1444: Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System Detected Short Circuit
DTC B1445: Curtain Air Bag Module(RH) (Squib) System Detected Open Circuit
DTC B1454: Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System Detected Short Circuit
DTC B1455: Curtain Air Bag Module(LH) (Squib) System Detected Open Circuit
DTC B1466: Analog G-Sensor System in the SRS-ECU
DTC B1467: Safing G-Sensor Open Circuit
DTC B1468: Safing G-Sensor Short Circuit
DTC B1469: Safing G-Sensor for Side Air Bag Faults
DTC B1478: SRS-ECU Capacitor Circuit Voltage too High
DTC B1479: SRS-ECU Capacitor Circuit Voltage too Low
DTC B1484: Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short Circuit
DTC B1485: Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Open Circuit
DTC B1494: Passengers (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected
Short Circuit
DTC B1495: Passengers (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected
Open Circuit
DTC B1496: SRS-ECU Non-Volatile Memory (EEPROM)
DTC B1497: SRS-ECU Application Specific Integrated Circuit (for frontal activation)
DTC B1498: SRS-ECU ROM or RAM
DTC B1547: Passengers air bag cut off activating circuit
DTC B1557: SRS-ECU Application Specific Integrated Circuit
DTC B1588: SRS-ECU Backup Capacitor System (Up converter unit)
DTC B1589: SRS-ECU Backup Capacitor System (Down converter unit)
DTC B1590: SRS-ECU Backup Capacitor System (capacitance big)
DTC B1591: SRS-ECU Backup Capacitor System (capacitance small)
DTC B1594: SRS-ECU Safing G-sensor Malfunction (for side collision)
DTC B1607: Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short
Circuit
DTC B1608: Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Open
Circuit
DTC B1613: Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected
Short Circuit
DTC B1614: Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected
Open Circuit
DTC B1615: SRS-ECU Safing G-sensor (for front air bag electronic safing sensor failure)
DTC B1616: SRS-ECU Safing G-sensor (for front air bag electronic safing circuit failure)
DTC B1618: SRS-ECU Safing G-sensor (Z axis low G-sensor failure)
DTC B1635: Driver's Knee Air Bag Module (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short
Circuit
DTC B1636: Driver's Knee Air Bag Module (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Open Circuit

CAUTION
If DTCs is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose
the CAN main bus line.

TSB Revision
52B-64 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC SET CONDITIONS TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


These DTC are set when a fault is detected in the Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
SRS-ECU. The most likely causes for this code to
be set are shown in the table below:
Code No. Part/circuit integral to Symptom
SRS-ECU
B1404 Driver's air bag module (1st squib Short circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
B1405 ignition drive circuit) Open circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
B1414 Passenger's (front) air bag Short circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
B1415 module (1st squib ignition drive Open circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
circuit)
B1424 Side-airbag module (RH) (squib Short circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
B1425 ignition drive circuit) Open circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
B1434 Side-airbag module (LH) (squib Short circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
B1435 ignition drive circuit) Open circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
B1444 Curtain air bag module (RH) Short circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
B1445 (squib ignition drive circuit) Open circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
B1454 Curtain air bag module (LH) Short circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
B1455 (squib ignition drive circuit) Open circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
B1466 Analog G-sensor When the analog G-sensor is not operating
When the characteristics of the analog G-sensor are
abnormal
When the output from the analog G-sensor is
abnormal
B1467 Safing G-sensor (front air bag) Open circuit in the safing G-sensor
B1468 Short circuit in the safing G-sensor
B1469 Safing G-sensor (side-airbag) When the safing G-sensor is not operating
When the characteristics of the safing G-sensor are
abnormal
When the output from the safing G-sensor is abnormal
B1478 Capacitor Voltage at the capacitor terminal is higher than the
specified value for five seconds or more
B1479 Voltage at the capacitor terminal is lower than the
specified value for five seconds or more (This is not
detected if DTC No.B1476 or B1477 indicating battery
positive voltage drop has been set).
B1484 Driver's air bag module (2nd Short circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
B1485 squib ignition drive circuit) Open circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
B1494 Passenger's (front) air bag Short circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
B1495 module (2nd squib ignition drive Open circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
circuit)
B1496 Non-volatile memory (EEPROM) When the non-volatile memory (EEPROM) are
abnormal
B1497 Application specific integrated When the Application specific integrated circuit (frontal
circuit (for frontal activation) activation) are abnormal
B1498 ROM or RAM When the ROM or RAM are abnormal

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-65
Code No. Part/circuit integral to Symptom
SRS-ECU
B1547 Passengers air bag cut off Cut OFF (squib ignition drive circuit)
activating circuit (squib ignition
drive circuit)
B1557 Application specific integrated When the Application specific integrated circuit are
circuit abnormal
B1588 Backup capacitor system Backup capacitor up converter
B1589 Backup capacitor down converter
B1590 Backup capacitor capacitance big
B1591 Backup capacitor capacitance small
B1594 Application specific integrated When the application specific integrated circuit (side
circuit (for side activation) activation) are abnormal
B1607 Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner Short circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
B1608 (squib ignition drive circuit) Open circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
B1613 Front passenger's seat belt Short circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
B1614 pre-tensioner (squib ignition drive Open circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
circuit)
B1615 SRS-ECU safing G-sensor (for Safing sensor failure
B1616 front air bag electronic) Safing circuit failure
B1618 SRS-ECU Safing G-sensor (Z Z axis low G-sensor failure
axis low G-sensor)
B1635 Driver's knee air bag module Short circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
B1636 (squib ignition drive circuit) Open circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16). Then go to Step 2.

TSB Revision
52B-66 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Are the DTCs set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

DTC B1406: Malfunction of G-sensor inside Front Impact Sensor (RH)


DTC B1416: Malfunction of G-sensor inside Front Impact Sensor (LH)

CAUTION Analog G-sensor characteristics are abnormal.


If DTC B1406 or B1416 is set in the SRS-ECU, Analog G-sensor output is abnormal.
always diagnose the CAN main bus line. .

.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
DTC SET CONDITIONS Malfunction of front impact sensor (RH) (for DTC
These DTCs are set if the following conditions are B1406) and front impact sensor (LH) (for DTC
detected from the analog G-sensor inside the front B1416)
impact sensor output:
Analog G-sensor is not operating.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-67

STEP 2. Check the front impact sensor.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) A front impact sensor is checked in the following way.
Replace the front impact sensor (RH) {In case of code
B1406 (Regardless of "Active" or "Stored" faults)} with
new part.
Replace the front impact sensor (LH) {In case of code
B1416 (Regardless of "Active" or "Stored" faults)} with
new part.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory, check the
diagnostic trouble code again.
Q: Is either DTC B1406 or B1416 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : The procedure is complete.

STEP 3. Check the SRS-ECU.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Replace the SRS-ECU with a new one. (Refer to
P.52B-371).
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Check the diagnostic trouble code again.
Q: Is either DTC B1406 or B1416 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision
52B-68 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1407: Front Impact Sensor (RH) Voltage Error

Front Impact Sensor Circuit

SRS-ECU

FRONT IMPACT FRONT IMPACT


SENSOR (LH) SENSOR (RH)

ACA02943 AB

Connector: A-58 Connector: C-126

A-58 (Y)
C-126 (Y)

ACA03086 AB ACA03077AB

Connector: C-127 CIRCUIT OPERATION


The front impact sensor includes an analog G sensor
and CPU, etc. The CPU monitors the analog G sen-
sor output signal. If the CPU judges that the front air
bags should be deployed, it sends a fire signal to the
SRS-ECU to deploy the front air bags. In addition,
the CPU diagnoses the internal components of the
front impact sensor. If a malfunction occurs, it
requests the SRS-ECU to set a diagnostic trouble
ACA03076 AB
code.
.

CAUTION
If diagnosis code B1407 is set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-69
DTC SET CONDITIONS
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
This DTC will set when the power supply voltage to Damaged wiring harness or connectors
the front impact sensor (RH) remains less than a pre- Malfunction of the front impact sensor (RH)
determined value for five seconds. Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-70 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check the front impact sensor (RH) power supply


circuit. Measure the voltage at the front impact sensor (RH)
connector A-58.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect front impact sensor (RH) connector A-58, and
measure at the wiring harness side.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
A-58 Harness side
connector (rear view) (5) Measure the voltage between A-58 harness side connector
terminal 1 and ground.
Voltage should measure 9 volts or more
Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?
YES : Replace the front impact sensor (RH). (Refer to
P.52B-367). Then go to Step 5.
AC311097 AN
NO : Go to Step 4.

STEP 4. Check the harness wires for open circuit or short


circuit between SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.18)
and front impact sensor (RH) connector A-58 (terminal
No.1).
NOTE: After inspecting intermediate connector C-127 inspect
the wiring harness. If the intermediate connector C-127 is dam-
aged, repair or replace it.
Q: Are the harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C126 (terminal No.18) and front impact sensor (RH)
connector A-58 (terminal No.1) in good condition?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1407 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and front impact sensor (RH)
connector A-58. Then go to Step 5.

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1407 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-71

DTC B1408: Front Impact Sensor (RH) Communication Error


DTC B1409: Front Impact Sensor (RH) Communication Impossible

Front Impact Sensor Circuit

SRS-ECU

FRONT IMPACT FRONT IMPACT


SENSOR (LH) SENSOR (RH)

ACA02943 AB

Connector: A-58 Connector: C-126

A-58 (Y)
C-126 (Y)

ACA03086 AB ACA03077AB

Connector: C-127

ACA03076 AB

CAUTION always diagnose the CAN main bus line.


If DTC B1408 or B1409 is set in the SRS-ECU,
.

TSB Revision
52B-72 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CIRCUIT OPERATION
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


The front impact sensor includes an analog G sensor These DTCs are set if communication between the
and CPU, etc. The CPU monitors the analog G sen- front impact sensor (RH) and the SRS-ECU is not
sor output signal. If the CPU judges that the front air possible or faulty.
bags should be deployed, it sends a fire signal to the
SRS-ECU to deploy the front air bags. In addition, .

the CPU diagnoses the internal components of the TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


front impact sensor. If a malfunction occurs, it Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
requests the SRS-ECU to set a diagnostic trouble Malfunction of the front impact sensor (RH)
code. Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16). Then go to Step 2.

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-73

STEP 3. Check for any diagnostic trouble code.


Check the front impact sensor (RH).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Temporarily replace the front impact sensor (RH) with the
front impact sensor (LH).
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Erase diagnostic trouble code from memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1418 or B1419 set?
YES : Replace the front impact sensor (RH) with a new one.
(Refer to P.52B-398). Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.

STEP 4. Check the harness wires for open circuit or short


circuit between SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.18
and 28) and front impact sensor (RH) connector A-58
(terminal No1 and 2).
NOTE: After inspecting intermediate connector C-127 inspect
the wiring harness. If the intermediate connector C-127 is dam-
aged, repair or replace it.
Q: Are the harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-126 (terminal No.18 and 28) and front impact sensor
(RH) connector A-58 (terminal No.1 and 2) in good
condition?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1408 or B1409
sets, replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
Then go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and front impact sensor (RH)
connector A-58. Then go to Step 5.

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1408 or B1409 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision
52B-74 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1410: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Short Circuit Between Squib
Circuit Terminals)
DTC B1490: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Short Circuit Between Squib
Circuit Terminals)

Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit

SRS-ECU

NOTE
: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF

PASSENGER'S (FRONT)
AIR BAG MODULE
(SQUIB)

ACA02879 AB

Connectors: C-114, C-126


C-114 (Y)

C-126 (Y)

ACA03077AC

CAUTION CIRCUIT OPERATION


If DTC B1410 <1st squib> or B1490 <2nd The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
squib> is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- by detecting signals from the front impact sensors
nose the CAN main bus line. and the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the
When DTC B1410 is set in the following diag- impact is over a predetermined level, the
nosis, check the 1st squib circuit. When DTC SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
B1490 is set, check the 2nd squib circuit. the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
.
air bag will inflate.
The ignition signal is input to the air bag module
to inflate the air bag.
.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-75
DTC SET CONDITIONS Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance .

between the input terminals of the passenger's side NOTE: *: The squib circuit connectors integrate a
air bag module (squib). "short" spring (which prevents the air bag from
.
deploying unintentionally due to static electricity by
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS shorting the positive wire to the ground wire in the
Improper engaged connector or defective short squib circuit when the connectors are disconnected).
spring* Therefore, if connector C-114 or C-126 is damaged
Short circuit between the passenger's air bag or improperly engaged, the short spring may not be
module (squib) circuit terminals released when the connector is connected.
Damaged connector(s)

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-76 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check SRS-ECU connector C-126 and passengers


(front) air bag module connector C-114.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
A the C-126 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(3) After disconnecting harness side connector C-114 while


Deck
Passenger's (front) crossmember sliding the outer housing of the connector to the direction of
air bag module the arrow, connect the connector again.
connector (4) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(5) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1410 <1st squib> or B1490 <2nd squib> set?
Outer housing of
the harness side YES : Go to Step 4.
connector NO : The procedure is complete. It is assumed that DTC
AC904912 AC B1410 <1st squib> or B1490 <2nd squib> set as
connector C-126 or C-114 was engaged improperly.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-77

STEP 4. Check the passenger's (front) air bag module.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Slide the outer housing of harness side connector in the
Deck
Passenger's (front) crossmember arrow direction shown, and disconnect the C-114 harness
air bag module side connector.
connector

Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC

MB991865
MB991866 (3) Connect special tool dummy resistor (MB991865) to special
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
(Resistor harness)
tool resistor harness (MB991866).
CAUTION
C-114 Harness
side connector Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side
directly as the connector contact pressure may be weak-
C-114 Passenger's (front) ened.
air bag module connector
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the harness side
connector C-114 (terminal No.1 and 2 <1st squib> or
terminal No.3 and 4 <2nd squib>) by backprobing.
AC306760AY (5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
CAUTION
Always DTC B1491 is set when checking DTC B1410. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1491 is set but this is not a fault. In addi-
tion, always DTC B411 is set when checking DTC B1490
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the passenger's air bag module (Refer to
P.52B-382). Then go to Step 7.

TSB Revision
52B-78 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Check the passengers (front) air bag module


circuit at SRS-ECU connector C-126.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,
disconnect the passengers (front) air bag module
connector C-114 to short the squib circuit.
(3) Slide the outer housing of harness side connector in the
Deck
Passenger's (front) crossmember arrow direction shown, and disconnect the C-114 harness
air bag module side connector.
connector

Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC
CAUTION
<1st Squib> C-126 Harness side
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4 mm
connector (front view) (0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
Terminal released.
Section
Cable tie (4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
A-A A thick] between terminals 7 and 8 <1st squib> or 9 and 10
<2nd squib>, and the short spring to release the short
A spring.

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905150 AD

<2nd Squib> C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal
Section
Cable tie
A-A
A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905150 AE

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-79
<1st squib> (5) Check for continuity between C-126 harness side connector
terminals 7 and 8 <1st squib> or 9 and 10 <2nd squib>.
C-126 Harness side It should be open circuit.
connector (front view)
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1410 <1st
squib> or B1490 <2nd squib> set, replace the
SRS-ECU. (Refer to P.52B-371). Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
ACA02867AH

<2nd squib>

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)

ACA02867AI

STEP 6. Check the harness for short circuit between the


harness wire and wire.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.7 and 8) and pas-
senger's (front) air bag module connector C-114 (terminal
No.2 and 1) <1st squib>.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.9 and 10) and
passenger's (front) air bag module connector C-114 (termi-
nal No.4 and 3) <2nd squib>.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and passengers (front) air bag
module connector C-114. Then go to Step 7.

STEP 7. Check for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1410 <1st squib> or B1490 <2nd squib> set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision
52B-80 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1411: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)
DTC B1491: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)

Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit

SRS-ECU

NOTE
: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF

PASSENGER'S (FRONT)
AIR BAG MODULE
(SQUIB)

ACA02879 AB

Connectors: C-114, C-126


C-114 (Y)

C-126 (Y)

ACA03077AC

CAUTION CIRCUIT OPERATION


If DTC B1411 <1st squib> or B1491 <2nd The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
squib> is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- by detecting signals from the front impact sensors
nose the CAN main bus line. and the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the
When DTC B1411 is set in the following diag- impact is over a predetermined level, the
nosis, check the 1st squib circuit. When DTC SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
B1491 is set, check the 2nd squib circuit. the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
.
air bag will inflate.
The ignition signal is input to the air bag module
to inflate the air bag.
.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-81
DTC SET CONDITIONS TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance Open circuit in the passenger's (front) air bag
between the input terminals of the passengers module (squib) circuit
(front) air bag module (squib). Improper connector contact
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-82 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check the passenger's (front) air bag module.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Slide the outer housing of harness side connector in the
Deck
Passenger's (front) crossmember arrow direction shown, and disconnect the C-114 harness
air bag module side connector.
connector

Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC

MB991865
MB991866 (3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.
(Resistor harness)
(Dummy resistor: 3 ) CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side
C-114 Harness
side connector directly, as the connector contact pressure may be weak-
ened.
C-114 Passenger's (front) (4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the harness side
air bag module connector
connector C-114 (terminal No.1 and 2 <1st squib> or
terminal No.3 and 4 <2nd squib>) by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
AC306760AY CAUTION
Always DTC B1491 is set when checking DTC B1411. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1491 is set but this is not a fault. In addi-
tion, always DTC B1411 is set when checking DTC B1491
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the passenger's (front) air bag module.
(Refer to P.52B-382). Then go to Step 5.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-83

STEP 4. Check the harness for open circuit between


SRS-ECU connector C-126 and the passenger's (front) air
bag module connector C-114.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,
disconnect the passengers (front) air bag module
connector C-114 to short the squib circuit.
(3) Slide the outer housing of harness side connector in the
Deck
Passenger's (front) crossmember arrow direction shown, and disconnect the C-114 harness
air bag module side connector.
connector

Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC
CAUTION
<1st Squib> C-126 Harness side
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4 mm
connector (front view) (0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
Terminal released.
Section
Cable tie (4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
A-A A thick] between terminals 7 and 8 <1st squib> or 9 and 10
<2nd squib>, and the short spring to release the short
A spring.

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905150 AD

<2nd Squib> C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal
Section
Cable tie
A-A
A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905150 AE

TSB Revision
52B-84 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CAUTION
<1st squib> C-114 Harness side
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from C-114 harness
connector (rear view) side connector front side directly as the connector contact
pressure may be weakened.
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view)
(5) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
should be less than 2 ohms.
<1st squib>
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.7) and the pas-
sengers (front) air bag module connector C-114 (termi-
nal No.2)
ACA02867AJ SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.8) and the pas-
sengers (front) air bag module connector C-114 (termi-
<2nt squib> C-114 Harness side nal No.1)
connector (rear view)
<2nd squib>
C-126 Harness side SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.11) and the
connector (front view) passengers (front) air bag module connector C-114 (ter-
minal No.4)
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.12) and the
passengers (front) air bag module connector C-114 (ter-
minal No.3)
ACA02867AK Q: Does continuity exist?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1411 <1st squib>
or B1491 <2nd squib> set, replace the SRS-ECU.
(Refer to P.52B-371). Then go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and passengers (front) air bag
module connector C-114. Then go to Step 5.

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1411 <1st squib> or B1491 <2nd squib> set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-85

DTC B1412: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)
DTC B1492: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit
Ground)

Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit

SRS-ECU

NOTE
: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF

PASSENGER'S (FRONT)
AIR BAG MODULE
(SQUIB)

ACA02879 AB

Connectors: C-114, C-126


C-114 (Y)

C-126 (Y)

ACA03077AC

CAUTION CIRCUIT OPERATION


If DTC B1412 <1st squib> or B1492 <2nd The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
squib> is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- by detecting signals from the front impact sensors
nose the CAN main bus line. and the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the
When DTC B1412 is set in the following diag- impact is over a predetermined level, the
nosis, check the 1st squib circuit. When DTC SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
B1492 is set, check the 2nd squib circuit. the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
.
air bag will inflate.
The ignition signal is input to the air bag module
to inflate the air bag.
.

TSB Revision
52B-86 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC SET CONDITIONS TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance Damaged harness wires and connectors
between the input terminals of the passenger's Short to the ground in the passenger's (front) air
(front) air bag module (squib). bag module (squib) harness
.
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-87

STEP 3. Check the passenger's (front) air bag module.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the passengers (front) air bag module
connector C-114.
(3) Slide the outer housing of harness side connector in the
Deck
Passenger's (front) crossmember arrow direction shown, and disconnect the C-114 harness
air bag module side connector.
connector

Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC

MB991865
MB991866 (4) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.
(Resistor harness)
(Dummy resistor: 3 ) CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
C-114 Harness
side connector side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
C-114 Passenger's (front) (5) Insert special tool MB991866 into the harness side
air bag module connector
connector C-114 (terminal No.1 and 2 <1st squib> or
terminal No.3 and 4 <2nd squib>) by backprobing.
(6) Connect the negative battery terminal.
AC306760AY CAUTION
Always DTC B1B0E is set when checking DTC B1412. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1B0E is set but this is not a fault. In
addition, always DTC B1B0A is set when checking DTC
B1492 because the first side terminal is isolated.
(7) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the passenger's (front) air bag module.
(Refer to P.52B-382). Then go to Step 6.

TSB Revision
52B-88 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the passenger's (front) air bag module


circuit. Measure the resistance at the SRS-ECU connector
C-126.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,
disconnect the passengers (front) air bag module
connector C-114 to short the squib circuit.
(3) Slide the outer housing of harness side connector in the
Deck
Passenger's (front) crossmember arrow direction shown, and disconnect the C-114 harness
air bag module side connector.
connector

Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC
CAUTION
<1st Squib> C-126 Harness side
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4 mm
connector (front view) (0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
Terminal released.
Section
Cable tie (4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
A-A A thick] between terminals 7 and 8 <1st squib> or 9 and 10
<2nd squib>, and the short spring to release the short
A spring.

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905150 AD

<2nd Squib> C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal
Section
Cable tie
A-A
A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905150 AE

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-89
<1st squib> (5) Check for continuity between C-126 harness side connector
terminals 7 and 8 <1st squib> or 9 and 10<2nd squib>, and
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view) body ground.
It should be an open circuit.
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1412 <1st
squib> B1492 <2nd squib> sets, replace the
SRS-ECU. (Refer to P.52B-371). Go to Step 6.
ACA02867AL NO : Go to Step 5.
<2nd squib>

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)

ACA02867AM

STEP 5. Check the harness wires for short circuit to


ground between the following connector.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.7 and 8) and pas-
senger's (front) air bag module connector C-114 (terminal
No.1 and 2) <1st squib>.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.9 and 10) and
passenger's (front) air bag module connector C-114 (termi-
nal No.4 and 3) <2nd squib>.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and passenger's (front) air bag
module connector C-114. Then go to Step 6.

STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1412 <1st squib> B1492 <2nd squib> set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision
52B-90 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1413: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power
Supply)
DTC B1493: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power
Supply

Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit

SRS-ECU

NOTE
: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF

PASSENGER'S (FRONT)
AIR BAG MODULE
(SQUIB)

ACA02879 AB

Connectors: C-114, C-126


C-114 (Y)

C-126 (Y)

ACA03077AC

CAUTION CIRCUIT OPERATION


If DTC B1413 <1st squib> or B1493 <2nd The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
squib> is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- by detecting signals from the front impact sensors
nose the CAN main bus line. and the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the
When DTC B1413 is set in the following diag- impact is over a predetermined level, the
nosis, check the 1st squib circuit. When DTC SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
B1493 is set, check the 2nd squib circuit. the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
.
air bag will inflate.
The ignition signal is input to the air bag module
to inflate the air bag.
.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-91
DTC SET CONDITIONS TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance Damaged harness wires and connectors
between the input terminals of the passenger's Short to the power supply in the passenger's
(front) air bag module (squib). (front) air bag module (squib) harness
.
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-92 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check the passenger's (front) air bag module.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Slide the outer housing of harness side connector in the
Deck
Passenger's (front) crossmember arrow direction shown, and disconnect the C-114 harness
air bag module side connector.
connector

Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC

MB991865
MB991866 (3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.
(Resistor harness)
(Dummy resistor: 3 ) CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side
C-114 Harness
side connector directly, as the connector contact pressure may be weak-
ened.
C-114 Passenger's (front) (4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the harness side
air bag module connector
connector C-114 (terminal No.1 and 2 <1st squib> or
terminal No.3 and 4 <2nd squib>) by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
AC306760AY CAUTION
Always DTC B1491 is set when checking DTC B1413. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1491 is set but this is not a fault. In addi-
tion, always DTC B1411 is set when checking DTC B1493
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the passenger's (front) air bag module.
(Refer to P.52B-382). Then go to Step 6.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-93

STEP 4. Check the passengers (front) air bag module


circuit. Measure the voltage at the SRS-ECU connector
C-126.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,
disconnect the passengers (front) air bag module
connector C-114 to short the squib circuit.
(3) Disconnect the passenger's (front) air bag module
connector C-114.
(4) Slide the outer housing of harness side connector in the
Deck
Passenger's (front) crossmember arrow direction shown, and disconnect the C-114 harness
air bag module side connector.
connector

Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC

TSB Revision
52B-94 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CAUTION
<1st Squib> C-126 Harness side
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4 mm
connector (front view) (0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
Terminal released.
Section
Cable tie (5) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
A-A A thick] between terminals 7 and 8 <1st squib> or 9 and 10
<2nd squib>, and the short spring to release the short
A spring.
(6) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(7) Ignition switch: ON.
4 mm or more Short spring
AC905150 AD

<2nd Squib> C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal
Section
Cable tie
A-A
A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905150 AE

<1st squib> (8) Measure the voltage between C-126 harness side
connector terminals 7 and 8 <1st squib> or 9 and 10 <2nd
C-126 Harness side squib> and body ground.
connector (front view) Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.
Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1413 <1st
squib> B1493 <2nd squib> sets, replace the
SRS-ECU. (Refer to P.52B-371. Then go to Step 6.
ACA02874 AD NO : Go to Step 5.
<2nd squib>

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)

ACA02874 AE

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-95

STEP 5. Check the harness wires for short circuit to power


supply between the following connector.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.7 and 8) and pas-
senger's (front) air bag module connector C-114 (terminal
No.1 and 2) <1st squib>.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.9 and 10) and
passenger's (front) air bag module connector C-114 (termi-
nal No.4 and 3) <2nd squib>.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and passenger's (front) air bag
module connector C-114. Then go to Step 6.

STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1413 <1st squib> B1493 <2nd squib> set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision
52B-96 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1417: Front Impact Sensor (LH) Voltage Error

Front Impact Sensor Circuit

SRS-ECU

FRONT IMPACT FRONT IMPACT


SENSOR (LH) SENSOR (RH)

ACA02943 AB

Connector: A-45 Connector: C-126

A-45 (Y) C-126 (Y)

ACA03086 AD ACA03077AB

Connector: C-127

ACA03076 AB

CAUTION
If diagnosis code B1417 is set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-97
CIRCUIT OPERATION
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


The front impact sensor includes an analog G sensor This DTC will set when the power supply voltage to
and CPU, etc. The CPU monitors the analog G sen- the front impact sensor (LH) remains less than a pre-
sor output signal. If the CPU judges that the front air determined value for five seconds.
bags should be deployed, it sends a fire signal to the
SRS-ECU to deploy the front air bags. In addition, .

the CPU diagnoses the internal components of the TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


front impact sensor. If a malfunction occurs, it Damaged wiring harness or connectors
requests the SRS-ECU to set a diagnostic trouble Malfunction of the front impact sensor (LH)
code. Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-98 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check the front impact sensor (LH) power supply


circuit. Measure the voltage at the front impact sensor (RH)
connector A-45.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect front impact sensor (LH) connector A-45, and
measure at the wiring harness side.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
A-45 Harness side
connector (rear view) (5) Measure the voltage between A-45 harness side connector
terminal 1 and ground.
Voltage should measure 9 volts or more
Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?
YES : Replace the front impact sensor (RH). (Refer to
P.52B-367). Then go to Step 5.
AC311097 AO
NO : Go to Step 4.

STEP 4. Check the harness wires for open circuit and short
circuit between SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.17
and 27) and front impact sensor (LH) connector A-45
(terminal No.1 and 2).
NOTE: After inspecting intermediate connector C-127 inspect
the wiring harness. If the intermediate connector C-127 is dam-
aged, repair or replace it.
Q: Are the harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-126 (terminal No.17 and 27) and front impact sensor
(LH) connector A-45 (terminal No.1 and 2) in good
condition?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and front impact sensor (LH)
connector A-45.

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1417 set?
YES : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-99

DTC B1418: Front Impact Sensor (LH) Communication Error


DTC B1419: Front Impact Sensor (LH) Communication Impossible

Front Impact Sensor Circuit

SRS-ECU

FRONT IMPACT FRONT IMPACT


SENSOR (LH) SENSOR (RH)

ACA02943 AB

Connector: A-45 Connector: C-126

A-45 (Y) C-126 (Y)

ACA03086 AD ACA03077AB

Connector: C-127 CAUTION


If diagnosis code B1418 or B1419 is set in the
SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
line.
.

ACA03076 AB

TSB Revision
52B-100 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CIRCUIT OPERATION
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


The front impact sensor includes an analog G sensor These DTCs are set if communication between the
and CPU, etc. The CPU monitors the analog G sen- front impact sensor (LH) and the SRS-ECU is not
sor output signal. If the CPU judges that the front air possible or faulty.
bags should be deployed, it sends a fire signal to the
SRS-ECU to deploy the front air bags. In addition, .

the CPU diagnoses the internal components of the TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


front impact sensor. If a malfunction occurs, it Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
requests the SRS-ECU to set a diagnostic trouble Malfunction of the front impact sensor (LH)
code. Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-101

STEP 3. Check the front impact sensor (LH).


(1) Check that the negative battery terminal is disconnected. If
the negative battery terminal is connected, disconnect it.
(2) Alternate the right front impact sensor and left front impact
sensor, and then install the alternated sensors.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) After erasing the diagnosis code memory, check the
diagnosis code again.
(5) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Q: Is the diagnosis code No. B1408 or B1409 set?
YES : Replace the front impact sensor (LH) (Refer to
P.52B-367).
NO : Go to Step 4

STEP 4. Wiring harness check between the A-45 front


impact sensor (LH) connector terminal No. 1/2 and the
C-126 SRS-ECU connector terminal No. 17/27.
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check the C-127
intermediate connector, and repair if necessary.
Wiring harness check for open and short circuit between
right front impact sensor and SRS-ECU
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5
NO : Repair the wiring harness.

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the diagnosis code No. B1418 or B1419 set?
YES : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 How
to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-102 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1420: Side-airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Short Circuit between Squib Circuit Terminals)

Side-airbag Module (Squib) (RH) Circuit

SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

SIDE-AIR BAG MODULE


(SQUIB) (RH)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

ACA02894 AB

Connector: C-124 Connector: D-39

C-124 (Y) D-39 (Y)

ACA03077AD ACA03080AB

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If DTC B1420 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
nose the CAN bus lines. between the input terminals of the side-airbag mod-
ule (RH) (squib).
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is .

by detecting signals from the side impact sensor TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If Improper engaged connector or defective short
the impact is over a predetermined level, the spring*
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if Short between the side-airbag module (RH)
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS (squib) circuit terminals
air bag will inflate. Damaged connector(s)
The ignition signal is input to the side-airbag Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
module to inflate the side-airbag.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-103
NOTE: *: The squib circuit connectors integrate a
"short" spring (which prevents the air bag from
deploying unintentionally due to static electricity by
shorting the positive wire to the ground wire in the
squib circuit when the connectors are disconnected)
(Refer to P.52B-3). Therefore, if connector C-124 or
D-39 is damaged or improperly engaged, the short
spring may not be released when the connector is
connected.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991934, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991934, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991934.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991934. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-104 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check SRS-ECU connector C-124 and side-airbag


module (RH) connector D-39.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
A the C-124 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(3) Disconnect the D-39 side-airbag module connector, and


then reconnect it. Unlock the connector by sliding the
Locking button
locking button to the direction of the arrow as shown in the
figure, and then disconnect the connector.
(4) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(5) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Side-airbag
module Q: Is DTC B1420 out put?
connector
YES : Go to Step 4.
AC706606AI NO : The procedure is complete. It is assumed that DTC
B1420 set because connector C-124 or D-39 was
engaged improperly.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-105

STEP 4. Check the side-airbag module (RH).


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the D-39 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
Locking button
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

MB991865 (3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.


MB991866
(Dummy resistor: 3 ) (Resistor harness) CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
D-39 Harness
side connector
weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the D-39 harness side
connector by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
D-39 Side-airbag (6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
module (RH) connector AC507310BM diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1420 set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the front seatback assembly (Refer to
P.52A-46). Then go to Step 7.

TSB Revision
52B-106 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Check the side-airbag module (RH) circuit.


Measure the resistance at the SRS-ECU connector C-124.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-124 SRS-ECU connector.
DANGER
To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,
disconnect the side-airbag module (RH) connector
D-39 to short the squib circuit.
Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(3) Disconnect the D-39 side-airbag module connector, unlock


the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
Locking button
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
C-124 Harness side (0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
connector (front view) released.
Section Cable tie Terminal (4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
A-A thick] between terminals 56, 57 and the short spring to
A
release the short spring.

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905468AB

(5) Check for continuity between C-124 harness side connector


C-124 Harness side terminals 56 and 57.
connector (front view) It should be open circuit.
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1420 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
ACA02867AN

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-107

STEP 6. Check the harness wires for short circuit between


SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.56 and 57) and
side-airbag module (RH) connector D-39 (terminal No.2
and 1).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and side-airbag module (RH)
connector D-39. Then go to Step 7.

STEP 7. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1420 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1421: Side-airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)

Side-airbag Module (Squib) (RH) Circuit

SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

SIDE-AIR BAG MODULE


(SQUIB) (RH)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

ACA02894 AB

TSB Revision
52B-108 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Connector: C-124 Connector: D-39

C-124 (Y) D-39 (Y)

ACA03077AD ACA03080AB

CAUTION The ignition signal is input to the side-airbag


If DTC B1421 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- module to inflate the side-airbag.
nose the CAN bus lines. .

.
DTC SET CONDITIONS
CIRCUIT OPERATION This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is between the input terminals of the side-airbag mod-
by detecting signals from the side impact sensor ule (RH) (squib).
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the .

SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS Open circuit in the side-airbag module (RH)
air bag will inflate. (squib) circuit
Improper connector contact
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-109

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

STEP 3. Check the side-airbag module (RH).


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the D-39 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
Locking button
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

MB991865 (3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.


MB991866
(Dummy resistor: 3 ) (Resistor harness) CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from D-39 har-
ness side connector front side directly, as the connector
D-39 Harness
side connector contact pressure may be weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the D-39 harness side
connector by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
D-39 Side-airbag (6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
module (RH) connector AC507310BM diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1421 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the front seatback assembly (Refer to
P.52A-46). Then go to Step 5.

TSB Revision
52B-110 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the harness for open circuit between


SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.56 and 57) and the
side-airbag module (RH) connector D-39 (terminal No.2
and 1).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-124 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,
disconnect the side-airbag module (RH) connector
D-39 to short the squib circuit.
(3) Disconnect the D-39 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
Locking button
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
C-124 Harness side (0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
connector (front view) released.
Section Cable tie Terminal (4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
A-A thick] between terminals 56, 57 and the short spring to
A
release the short spring.

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905468AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-111
CAUTION
D-39 Harness side Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from D-39 har-
connector (rear view) ness side connector front side directly, as the connector
C-124 Harness side
contact pressure may be weakened.
connector (front view) (5) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
should be less than 2 ohms.
SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.56) and the
side-airbag module (RH) connector D-39 (terminal No.2)
SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.57) and the
side-airbag module (RH) connector D-39 (terminal No.1)
ACA02867AO Q: Does continuity exist?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1421 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and side-airbag module (RH)
connector D-39. Then go to Step 5.

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1421 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision
52B-112 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1422: Side-airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)

Side-airbag Module (Squib) (RH) Circuit

SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

SIDE-AIR BAG MODULE


(SQUIB) (RH)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

ACA02894 AB

Connector: C-124 Connector: D-39

C-124 (Y) D-39 (Y)

ACA03077AD ACA03080AB

CAUTION The ignition signal is input to the side-airbag


If DTC B1422 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- module to inflate the side-airbag.
nose the CAN bus lines. .

.
DTC SET CONDITIONS
CIRCUIT OPERATION This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is between the input terminals of the side-airbag mod-
by detecting signals from the side impact sensor ule (RH) (squib).
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the .

SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
air bag will inflate. Short to ground in the side-airbag module (RH)
(squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-113
DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-114 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check the side-airbag module (RH).


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the D-39 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
Locking button
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

MB991865 (3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.


MB991866
(Dummy resistor: 3 ) (Resistor harness) CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
D-39 Harness
side connector
weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the D-39 harness side
connector by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
D-39 Side-airbag (6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
module (RH) connector AC507310BM diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1422 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the front seatback pad and frame assembly
(Refer to P.52B-390).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-115

STEP 4. Check the side-airbag module (RH) circuit.


Measure the resistance at the SRS-ECU connector C-124.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-124 SRS-ECU connector.
DANGER
To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,
disconnect the side-airbag module (RH) connector
D-39 to short the squib circuit.
Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(3) Disconnect the D-39 side-airbag module connector, unlock


the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
Locking button
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
C-124 Harness side (0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
connector (front view) released.
Section Cable tie Terminal (4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
A-A thick] between terminals 56, 57 and the short spring to
A
release the short spring.

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905468AB

(5) Check for continuity between C-124 harness side connector


C-124 Harness side terminals 56, 57 and body ground.
connector (front view) It should be an open circuit.
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1422 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02867AP

TSB Revision
52B-116 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Check the harness wires for short circuit to


ground between SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal
No.56 and 57) and side-airbag module (RH) connector D-39
(terminal No.2 and 1).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and side-airbag module (RH)
connector D-39. Then go to Step 6.

STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1422 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1423: Side-airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply)

Side-airbag Module (Squib) (RH) Circuit

SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

SIDE-AIR BAG MODULE


(SQUIB) (RH)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

ACA02894 AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-117
Connector: C-124 Connector: D-39

C-124 (Y) D-39 (Y)

ACA03077AD ACA03080AB

CAUTION The ignition signal is input to the side-airbag


If DTC B1423 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- module to inflate the side-airbag.
nose the CAN bus lines. .

.
DTC SET CONDITIONS
CIRCUIT OPERATION This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is between the input terminals of the side-airbag mod-
by detecting signals from the side impact sensor ule (RH) (squib).
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the .

SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
air bag will inflate. Short to the power supply in the side-airbag mod-
ule (RH) (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
52B-118 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

STEP 3. Check the side-airbag module (RH).


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the D-39 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
Locking button
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

MB991865 (3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.


MB991866
(Dummy resistor: 3 ) (Resistor harness) CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
D-39 Harness
side connector weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the D-39 harness side
connector by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
D-39 Side-airbag (6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
module (RH) connector AC507310BM diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1423 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the front seatback assembly (Refer to
P.52A-46). Then go to Step 5.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-119

STEP 4. Check the side-airbag module (RH) circuit.


Measure the voltage at the SRS-ECU connector C-124.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-124 SRS-ECU connector.
DANGER
To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,
disconnect the side-airbag module (RH) connector
D-39 to short the squib circuit.
Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(3) Disconnect the D-39 side-airbag module connector, unlock


the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
Locking button
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
C-124 Harness side (0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
connector (front view) released.
Section Cable tie Terminal (4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
A-A thick] between terminals 56, 57 and the short spring to
A
release the short spring.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Ignition switch: "ON".
A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905468AB

(7) Measure the voltage between C-124 harness side


C-124 Harness side connector terminals 56 and 57 and body ground.
connector (front view) Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.
Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1423 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02874 AF

TSB Revision
52B-120 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Check the harness wires for short circuit to power


supply between SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.56
and 57) and side-airbag module (RH) connector D-39
(terminal No.2 and 1).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and side-airbag module (RH)
connector D-39. Then go to Step 6.

STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1423 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1426: Malfunction of G-sensor Inside Side Impact Sensor (Front: RH)
DTC B1436: Malfunction of G-sensor Inside Side Impact Sensor (Front: LH)

CAUTION Analog G-sensor characteristics are abnormal.


If DTC B1426 or B1436 is set in the SRS-ECU, Analog G-sensor output is abnormal.
always diagnose the CAN main bus line. .

.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
DTC SET CONDITIONS Malfunction of side impact sensor (Front: RH) (for
These DTCs are set if the following conditions are DTC B1426) and side impact sensor (Front: LH) (for
detected from the analog G-sensor inside the side DTC B1436)
impact sensor
Analog G-sensor is not operating.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-121
DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371) and side
impact sensor (Front: RH) (Refer to P.52B-398) (for
DTC B1426) or replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to
P.52B-371) and side impact sensor (Front: LH) (Refer
to P.52B-398) (for DTC B1436)
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-122 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1427: Side Impact Sensor (Front: RH) Voltage Error

Side Impact Sensor (Front, Rear) (RH) Circuit

SRS-ECU

SIDE IMPACT SIDE IMPACT


SENSOR (REAR: RH) SENSOR (FRONT: RH)

ACA02943 AB

Connector: C-124 Connector: D-01

D-01 (Y)
C-124 (Y)

ACA03077AD ACA03080AC

CAUTION DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS


If diagnosis code B1427 is set in the SRS-ECU, This diagnosis code will set when the power supply
always diagnose the CAN main bus line. voltage to the side impact sensor (Front: RH)
remains less than a predetermined value for one
.

OPERATION
second.
The side impact sensor transmits acceleration data
to the SRS-ECU. The SRS-ECU then determines. if .

the side and/or curtain air bags should be inflated, PROBABLE CAUSES
and then sends an ignition signal. The side impact Damaged wiring harness or connectors
sensor also diagnoses itself, and sends a diagnosis Malfunction of the side impact sensor (Front: RH)
code to the SRS-ECU if a problem occurs. Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-123
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

STEP 3. Check the side impact sensor (Front: RH) power


supply circuit. Measure the voltage at the side impact
sensor (front RH) connector D-01.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect side impact sensor (Front: RH) connector D-01,
and measure at the wiring harness side.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
D-01 Harness side weakened.
connector (rear view)
(5) Measure the voltage between D-01 harness side connector
terminal 1and ground.
Voltage should measure 9 volts or more
Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?
YES : Replace the side impact sensor (Front: RH). (Refer to
P.52B-398). Then go to Step 5.
ACA02874AM
NO : Go to Step 4.

TSB Revision
52B-124 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the harness wires for open circuit or short


circuit between SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.65)
and side impact sensor (Front: RH) connector D-01
(terminal No.1).
Q: Are the harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-124 (terminal No.65) and side impact sensor (Front:
RH) connector D-01 (terminal No.1) in good condition?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1427 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and side impact sensor (Front: RH)
connector D-01. Then go to Step 5.

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1427 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1428: Side Impact Sensor (Front: RH) Communication Error


DTC B1429: Side Impact Sensor (Front: RH) Communication Impossible

Side Impact Sensor (Front, Rear) (RH) Circuit

SRS-ECU

SIDE IMPACT SIDE IMPACT


SENSOR (REAR: RH) SENSOR (FRONT: RH)

ACA02943 AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-125
Connector: C-124 Connector: D-01

D-01 (Y)
C-124 (Y)

ACA03077AD ACA03080AC

CAUTION
If DTC B1428 or B1429 is set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
If an impact of set value or more is detected, the side impact
sensor (Front: RH) sends the coded acceleration data to
SRS-ECU. Based on the acceleration data, SRS-ECU deter-
mines the necessity of side-airbag and curtain air bag deploy-
ment, and then turns ON the power supply circuit to the inflator.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


The diagnosis code is set if the communication between the
side impact sensor (Front: RH) and SRS-ECU is abnormal (No.
B1428), or impossible (No. B1429).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the side impact sensor (Front: RH)
Damaged wiring harness and connectors
Malfunction of SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
Required Special Tool:
MB991958: Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
MB991827: M.U.T.-III USB Cable
MB991910: M.U.T.-III Main Harness A (Vehicles with
CAN communication system)

TSB Revision
52B-126 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

STEP 3. Check the side impact sensor (Front: RH).


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Alternate the side impact sensor (Front: RH) and the side
impact sensor (Front: LH), and then install the alternated
sensor.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Erase diagnosis code from memory, and check the
diagnosis code.
Q: Is DTC B1438 or B1439 set?
YES : Replace the side impact sensor (Front: RH) with a
new one. (Refer to P.52B-398). Then go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-127

STEP 4. Check the harness wires for open circuit or short


circuit between SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.64
and 65) and side impact sensor (Front: RH) connector D-01
(terminal No.2 and 1).
Q: Are the harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-124 (terminal No.64 and 65) and side impact sensor
(Front: RH) connector D-01(terminal No.2 and 1) in good
condition?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1428 or B1429
sets, replace the SRS-ECU. (Refer to P.52B-371).
Then go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and side impact sensor (Front: RH)
connector D-01. Then go to Step 5.

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1428 or B1429 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision
52B-128 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1430: Side-airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Short Circuit between Squib Circuit Terminals)

Side-airbag Module (Squib) (LH) Circuit

SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

SIDE-AIR BAG MODULE


CONNECTOR (SQUIB) (LH)
LOCK
SWITCH

ACA02899 AB

Connector: C-125 Connector: D-32

C-125 (Y)
D-32 (Y)

ACA03077AE ACA03080AD

CAUTION The ignition signal is input to the side-airbag


If DTC B1430 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- module to inflate the side-airbag.
nose the CAN bus lines. .

.
DTC SET CONDITIONS
CIRCUIT OPERATION This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is between the input terminals of the side-airbag mod-
by detecting signals from the side impact sensor ule (LH) (squib).
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the .

SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS Improper engaged connector or defective short
air bag will inflate. spring*

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-129
Short circuit between the side-airbag module NOTE: *: The squib circuit connectors integrate a
(LH) (squib) circuit terminals "short" spring (which prevents the air bag from
Damaged connector(s) deploying unintentionally due to static electricity by
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU shorting the positive wire to the ground wire in the
squib circuit when the connectors are disconnected)
(Refer to P.52B-3). Therefore, if connector C-125 or
D-32 is damaged or improperly engaged, the short
spring may not be released when the connector is
connected.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(4) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-130 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check SRS-ECU connector C-125 and side-airbag


module (LH) connector D-32.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
A the C-125 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(3) Disconnect the D-32 side-airbag module connector, and


then reconnect it, unlock the connector by sliding the
Locking button
locking button to the direction of the arrow as shown in the
figure, and then disconnect the connector.
(4) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(5) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Side-airbag
module Q: Is DTC B1430 out put?
connector
YES : Go to Step 4.
AC706606AI NO : The procedure is complete. It is assumed that DTC
B1430 set because connector C-125 or D-32 was
engaged improperly.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-131

STEP 4. Check the side-airbag module (LH).


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the D-32 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
Locking button
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

MB991865 (3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.


MB991866
(Dummy resistor: 3 ) (Resistor harness) CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
D-32 side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
Harness side
connector weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the D-32 harness side
connector by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
D-32 Side-airbag (6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
module (LH) connector AC507310BN diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1430 set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the front seatback pad and frame assembly
(Refer to P.52B-390).

TSB Revision
52B-132 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Check the side-airbag module (LH) circuit.


Measure the resistance at the SRS-ECU connector C-125.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-125 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,
disconnect the side-airbag module (LH) connector
D-32 to short the squib circuit.
(3) Disconnect the D-32 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
Locking button
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
C-125 Harness side (0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
connector (front view)
released.
Section Cable tie Terminal (4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
A-A thick] between terminals 39, 40 and the short spring to
A
release the short spring.

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905468AC

(5) Check for continuity between C-125 harness side connector


C-125 Harness side terminals 39 and 40.
connector (front view)
It should be an open circuit.
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1430 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
ACA02867AQ

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-133

STEP 6. Check the harness wires for short circuit between


SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.39 and 40) and
side-airbag module (LH) connector D-32 (terminal No.1 and
2).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 and side-airbag module (LH)
connector D-32. Then go to Step 7.

STEP 7. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1430 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1431: Side-airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)

Side-airbag Module (Squib) (LH) Circuit

SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

SIDE-AIR BAG MODULE


CONNECTOR (SQUIB) (LH)
LOCK
SWITCH

ACA02899 AB

TSB Revision
52B-134 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Connector: C-125 Connector: D-32

C-125 (Y)
D-32 (Y)

ACA03077AE ACA03080AD

CAUTION The ignition signal is input to the side-airbag


If DTC B1431 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- module to inflate the side-airbag.
nose the CAN bus lines. .

.
DTC SET CONDITIONS
CIRCUIT OPERATION This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is between the input terminals of the side-airbag mod-
by detecting signals from the side impact sensor ule (LH) (squib).
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the .

SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS Open circuit in the side-airbag module (squib)
air bag will inflate. (LH) circuit
Improper connector contact
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-135

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

STEP 3. Check the side-airbag module (LH).


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the D-32 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
Locking button
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

MB991865 (3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.


MB991866
(Dummy resistor: 3 ) (Resistor harness) CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from D-32 har-
D-32 ness side connector front side directly, as the connector
Harness side
connector contact pressure may be weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the D-32 harness side
connector by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
D-32 Side-airbag (6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and then check the
module (LH) connector AC507310BN diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1431 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the front seatback assembly (Refer to
P.52A-46). Then go to Step 5.

TSB Revision
52B-136 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the harness for open circuit between the


SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No. 39 and 40) and the
side-airbag module (LH) connector D-32 (terminal No.2 and
1).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-125 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,
disconnect the side-airbag module (LH) connector
D-32 to short the squib circuit.
(3) Disconnect the D-32 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
Locking button
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
C-125 Harness side (0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
connector (front view)
released.
Section Cable tie Terminal (4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
A-A thick] between terminals 39, 40 and the short spring to
A
release the short spring.

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905468AC

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-137
CAUTION
D-32 Harness side Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from D-32 har-
connector ness side connector front side directly, as the connector
(rear view)
C-125 Harness side contact pressure may be weakened.
connector (front view)
(5) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
should be less than 2 ohms.
SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.39) and the
side-airbag module (LH) connector D-32 (terminal No.1)
SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.40) and the
side-airbag module (LH) connector D-32 (terminal No.2)
ACA02867AR Q: Does continuity exist?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1431 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 and side-airbag module (LH)
connector D-32. Then go to Step 5.

STEP 5.Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1431 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision
52B-138 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1432: Side-airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)

Side-airbag Module (Squib) (LH) Circuit

SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

SIDE-AIR BAG MODULE


CONNECTOR (SQUIB) (LH)
LOCK
SWITCH

ACA02899 AB

Connector: C-125 Connector: D-32

C-125 (Y)
D-32 (Y)

ACA03077AE ACA03080AD

CAUTION The ignition signal is input to the side-airbag


If DTC B1432 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- module to inflate the side-airbag.
nose the CAN bus lines. .

.
DTC SET CONDITIONS
CIRCUIT OPERATION This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is between the input terminals of the side-airbag mod-
by detecting signals from the side impact sensor ule (LH) (squib).
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the .

SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
air bag will inflate. Short to ground in the left hand side-airbag mod-
ule (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-139
DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-140 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check the side-airbag module (LH).


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the D-32 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
Locking button
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

MB991865 (3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.


MB991866
(Dummy resistor: 3 ) (Resistor harness) CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
D-32 side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
Harness side
connector weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the D-32 harness side
connector by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
D-32 Side-airbag (6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
module (LH) connector AC507310BN diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1432 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the front seatback assembly (Refer to
P.52A-46). Then go to Step 6.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-141

STEP 4. Check the side-airbag module (LH) circuit.


Measure the resistance at the SRS-ECU connector C-125.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-125 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,
disconnect the side-airbag module (LH) connector
D-32 to short the squib circuit.
(3) Disconnect the D-32 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
Locking button
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
C-125 Harness side (0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
connector (front view)
released.
Section Cable tie Terminal (4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
A-A thick] between terminals 39, 40 and the short spring to
A
release the short spring.

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905468AC

(5) Check for continuity between C-125 harness side connector


C-125 Harness side terminals 39, 40 and body ground.
connector (front view)
It should be an open circuit.
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code from memory, and
check the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1432 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02867AS

TSB Revision
52B-142 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Check the harness wires for short circuit to


ground between SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal
No.39 and 340 and side-airbag module (LH) connector D-32
(terminal No.1 and 2).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 and side-airbag module (LH)
connector D-32. Then go to Step 6.

STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1432 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1433: Side-airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply)

Side-airbag Module (Squib) (LH) Circuit

SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

SIDE-AIR BAG MODULE


CONNECTOR (SQUIB) (LH)
LOCK
SWITCH

ACA02899 AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-143
Connector: C-125 Connector: D-32

C-125 (Y)
D-32 (Y)

ACA03077AE ACA03080AD

CAUTION The ignition signal is input to the side-airbag


If DTC B1433 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- module to inflate the side-airbag.
nose the CAN bus lines. .

.
DTC SET CONDITIONS
CIRCUIT OPERATION This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is between the input terminals of the side-airbag mod-
by detecting signals from the side impact sensor ule (LH) (squib).
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the .

SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
air bag will inflate. Short to the power supply in the side-airbag mod-
ule (LH) (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
52B-144 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

STEP 3. Check the side-airbag module (LH).


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the D-32 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
Locking button
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

MB991865 (3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.


MB991866
(Dummy resistor: 3 ) (Resistor harness) CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
D-32 side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
Harness side
connector weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the D-32 harness side
connector by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
D-32 Side-airbag (6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
module (LH) connector AC507310BN diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1433 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the front seatback assembly (Refer to
P.52A-46). Then go to Step 6.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-145

STEP 4. Check the side-airbag module (LH) circuit.


Measure the voltage at the SRS-ECU connector C-125.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-125 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,
disconnect the side-airbag module (LH) connector
D-32 to short the squib circuit.
(3) Disconnect the D-32 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
Locking button
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
C-125 Harness side (0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
connector (front view)
released.
Section Cable tie Terminal (4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
A-A thick] between terminals 39, 40 and the short spring to
A
release the short spring.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Ignition switch: "ON".
A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905468AC

(7) Measure the voltage between C-125 harness side


C-125 Harness side connector terminals 39, 40 and body ground.
connector (front view)
Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.
Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1433 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02874 AG

TSB Revision
52B-146 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Check the harness wires for short circuit to power


supply between SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.39
and 40 and side-airbag module (LH) connector D-32
(terminal No.1 and21).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 and side-airbag module (LH)
connector D-32. Then go to Step 6.

STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1433 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1437: Side Impact Sensor (Front: LH) Voltage Error

Side Impact Sensor (Front, Rear) (LH) Circuit


SRS-ECU

SIDE IMPACT SIDE IMPACT


SENSOR (REAR: LH) SENSOR (FRONT: LH)

ACA02952 AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-147
Connector: C-125 Connector: D-29

C-125 (Y)
D-29 (Y)

ACA03077AE ACA03080AE

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If diagnosis code B1437 is set in the SRS-ECU, This diagnosis code will set when the power supply
always diagnose the CAN main bus line. voltage to the side impact sensor (Front: LH) remains
less than a predetermined value for one second.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The side impact sensor transmits acceleration data .

to the SRS-ECU. The SRS-ECU then determines. if TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


the side and/or curtain air bags should be inflated, Damaged wiring harness or connectors
and then sends an ignition signal. The side impact Malfunction of the side impact sensor (Front: LH)
sensor also diagnoses itself, and sends a diagnosis Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
code to the SRS-ECU if a problem occurs.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
52B-148 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

STEP 3. Check the side impact sensor (Front: LH) power


supply circuit. Measure the voltage at the side impact
sensor (Front: LH) connector D-29.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect side impact sensor (Front: LH) connector D-29,
and measure at the wiring harness side.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
D-29 Harness side
connector (rear view)
weakened.
(5) Measure the voltage between D-29 harness side connector
terminal 1and ground.
Voltage should measure 9 volts or more
Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?
YES : Replace the side impact sensor (Front: LH). (Refer to
P.52B-398). Then go to Step 5.
ACA02874AN
NO : Go to Step 4.

STEP 4. Check the harness wires for open circuit or short


circuit between SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.41)
and side impact sensor (Front: LH) connector D-29
(terminal No.1).
Q: Are the harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-125 (terminal No.41) and side impact sensor (Front:
LH) connector D-29 (terminal No.1) in good condition?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1427 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 and side impact sensor (Front: LH)
connector D-29. Then go to Step 5.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-149

STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is reset.


Q: Is diagnosis code B1437 set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : An intermittent malfunction is suspected (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1438 Side Impact Sensor (Front: LH) Communication Error


DTC B1439 Side Impact Sensor (Front: LH) Communication Impossible

Side Impact Sensor (Front, Rear) (LH) Circuit


SRS-ECU

SIDE IMPACT SIDE IMPACT


SENSOR (REAR: LH) SENSOR (FRONT: LH)

ACA02952 AB

Connector: C-125 Connector: D-29

C-125 (Y)
D-29 (Y)

ACA03077AE ACA03080AE

CAUTION CIRCUIT OPERATION


If the diagnosis code B1438 or B1439 is set to The side impact sensor transmits acceleration data
SRS-ECU, be sure to diagnose the CAN bus line. to the SRS-ECU. The SRS-ECU then determines. if
.
the side and/or curtain air bags should be inflated,
and then sends an ignition signal. The side impact
sensor also diagnoses itself, and sends a diagnosis
code to the SRS-ECU if a problem occurs.

TSB Revision
52B-150 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
. .

DTC SET CONDITIONS TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


The diagnosis code is set if the communication Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
between the side impact sensor (Front: LH) and Malfunction of the side impact sensor (Front: LH)
SRS-ECU is abnormal (No. B1438), or impossible Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
(No. B1439).

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics


Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Check whether the diagnosis code is reset.


Check again if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Ignition: "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is not reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 3
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

STEP 3. Check the side impact sensor (Front: LH).


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Alternate the side impact sensor (Front: LH) and the side
impact sensor (Front: RH), and then install the alternated
sensor.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Erase diagnosis code from memory, and check the
diagnosis code.
Q: Is diagnosis code B1428 or B1429 set?
YES : Replace the side impact sensor (Front: LH) with a
new one (Refer to P.52B-398). Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-151

STEP 4. Check the harness wires for open circuit and short
circuit between SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.41
and 42) and side impact sensor (Front: LH) connector D-29
(terminal No.1 and 2).
Q: Are the harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-125 (terminal No.41 and 42) and side impact sensor
(Front: LH) connector D-29 (terminal No.1 and 2) in good
condition?
YES : Go to Step 5
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 (terminal No.41 and 42) and side
impact sensor (Front: LH) connector D-29 (terminal
No.1 and 2).

STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is reset.


Q: Is diagnosis code B1438 or B1439 set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : An intermittent malfunction is suspected (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-152 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1440: Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Short Circuit between Squib Circuit
Terminals)

Curtain Air Bag Module (Squib) (RH) Circuit

SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


LOCK (SQUIB) (RH)
SWITCH

ACA02908 AB

Connector: C-124 Connector: D-09


D-09 (B)

C-124 (Y)

ACA03077AD ACA03080AF

CAUTION The ignition signal is input to the curtain air bag


If DTC B1440 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- module (RH) to inflate the curtain air bag.
nose the CAN main bus line. .

.
DTC SET CONDITIONS
CIRCUIT OPERATION This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is between the input terminals of the curtain air bag
by detecting signals from the side impact sensors module (RH) (squib).
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the .

SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if TROUBLESHOOTING HITS


the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS Improper engaged connector or defective short
air bag will inflate. spring*

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-153
Short circuit between the curtain air bag module NOTE: *: The squib circuit connectors integrate a
(RH) (squib) circuit terminals "short" spring (which prevents the air bag from
Damaged connector(s) deploying unintentionally due to static electricity by
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU shorting the positive wire to the ground wire in the
squib circuit when the connectors are disconnected)
(Refer to P.52B-3). Therefore, if connector C-124 or
D-09 is damaged or improperly engaged, the short
spring may not be released when the connector is
connected.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-154 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check SRS-ECU connector C-124, curtain air bag


module (RH) connector D-09.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
A the C-124 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

Locking button (3) After disconnecting the D-09 harness side connector,
Harness side connector connect the connector again. For the D-09 connector
(2-pin, black) disconnection, use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the
harness side connector locking button. After releasing the
Inflator
lock, disconnect the connector.
(4) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(5) After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory, check the
diagnostic trouble code again.
(6) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Flat-tipped
screwdriver AC904706AC Q: Is DTC B1440 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Intermittent Malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15).

STEP 4. Check by dummy resistor connection.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Locking button (2) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
Harness side connector of harness side connector. After releasing the lock,
(2-pin, black) disconnect the D-09 harness side connector
Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver AC904706AC

MB991884 (3) Connect the dummy resistor (Special tool: MB991865) to


MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
(Resistor harness) the resistor harness (Special tool: MB991884).
(4) Connect the resistor harness (special tool) to D-09 curtain
air bag module (front) connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) After erasing the diagnosis code memory, check the
diagnosis code again.
Q: Is DTC B1440 set?
D-09 Curtain air bag YES : Go to Step 5.
module connector AC301553CZ NO : Replace the right curtain air bag module (Refer to
P.52B-394.)
TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-155

STEP 5. Resistance measurement at the C-124 SRS-ECU


connector.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-124 SRS-ECU connector.
DANGER
To release C-124 SRS-ECU wiring harness side con-
nector short spring in the following operations, dis-
connect D-09 air bag module connector in advance,
Lock lever and keep the squib circuit shorted.
AC905015 AC

Locking button (3) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
Harness side connector of harness side connector. After releasing the lock,
(2-pin, black) disconnect the D-09 harness side connector
Inflator CAUTION
The short spring may not be released due to the insuffi-
cient insertion. Therefore, insert the insulator for 4 mm (0.6
inch) or more.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver AC904706AC

(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
C-124 Harness side thick] between terminal 59, 60 and the short spring to
connector (front view) release the short spring.
Section Cable tie Terminal
A-A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905468AD

(5) Check for continuity between the C-124 wiring harness side
C-124 Harness side connector terminal No. 59 and No. 60.
connector (front view)
It should be open circuit.
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.

ACA02867AT

TSB Revision
52B-156 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1440 set?
YES : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : Intermittent Malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1441: Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)

Curtain Air Bag Module (Squib) (RH) Circuit

SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


LOCK (SQUIB) (RH)
SWITCH

ACA02908 AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-157
Connector: C-124 Connector: D-09
D-09 (B)

C-124 (Y)

ACA03077AD ACA03080AF

CAUTION The ignition signal is input to the curtain air bag


If DTC B1441 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- module (RH) to inflate the curtain air bag.
nose the CAN main bus line. .

.
DTC SET CONDITIONS
CIRCUIT OPERATION This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is between the input terminals of the curtain air bag
by detecting signals from the side impact sensors module (RH) (squib).
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the .

SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if TROUBLESHOOTING HITS


the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS Open circuit in the curtain air bag module (RH)
air bag will inflate. (squib) circuit
Improper connector contact
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
52B-158 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

STEP 3. Check by dummy resistor connection.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Locking button (2) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
Harness side connector of D-09 curtain air bag module connector to the direction of
(2-pin, black) the arrow. After releasing the lock, disconnect the
connector.
Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver AC904706AC

MB991884 (3) Connect the dummy resistor (Special tool: MB991865) to


MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
(Resistor harness) the resistor harness (Special tool: MB991884).
(4) Connect the resistor harness (special tool) to D-09 curtain
air bag module connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory, check the
diagnostic trouble code again.
(7) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
D-09 Curtain air bag Q: Is DTC B1441 set?
module connector AC301553CZ YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the right curtain air bag module.(Refer to
P.52B-394.)

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-159

STEP 4. Resistance measurement at the C-124 SRS-ECU


connector and the D-09 curtain air bag module connector.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-124 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To release C-124 SRS-ECU wiring harness side con-
nector short spring in the following operations, dis-
connect D-09 air bag module connector in advance,
and keep the squib circuit shorted.
Locking button (3) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
Harness side connector of D-09 curtain air bag module connector to the direction of
(2-pin, black) the arrow. After releasing the lock, disconnect the
connector.
Inflator
CAUTION
The short spring may not be released due to the insuffi-
cient insertion. Therefore, insert the insulator for 4 mm (0.6
inch) or more.
Flat-tipped
screwdriver AC904706AC

(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
C-124 Harness side thick] between terminal 59,60 and the short spring to
connector (front view) release the short spring.
Section Cable tie Terminal
A-A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905468AD

(5) Connect the resistor harness (Special tool: MB991884) to


MB991884 the removed D-09 curtain air bag module connector.
NOTE: When the resistor harness is connected, the termi-
nal No. of connected side and the terminals Nos. 1 and 2 of
resistor harness connector will become inverted.

D-09
Curtain air bag
module connector
AC201287 FW

TSB Revision
52B-160 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Resistor harness side (6) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
connector (front view) should be less than 2 ohms.
C-124 SRS-ECU Continuity between C-124 SRS-ECU wiring harness
harness side
connector (front view) 1 side connector terminal No. 59 and the resistor harness
2 connector terminal No. 2
Continuity between C-124 SRS-ECU wiring harness
side connector terminal No. 60 and the resistor harness
connector terminal No. 1
Q: Does continuity exist?
AC506985EU
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between the C-124 harness
side connector terminal No. 59/60.

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1441 set?
YES : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : Intermittent Malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-161

DTC B1442: Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)

Curtain Air Bag Module (Squib) (RH) Circuit

SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


LOCK (SQUIB) (RH)
SWITCH

ACA02908 AB

Connector: C-124 Connector: D-09


D-09 (B)

C-124 (Y)

ACA03077AD ACA03080AF

CAUTION The ignition signal is input to the curtain air bag


If DTC B1442 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- module (RH) to inflate the curtain air bag.
nose the CAN main bus line. .

.
DTC SET CONDITIONS
CIRCUIT OPERATION This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is between the input terminals of the curtain air bag
by detecting signals from the side impact sensors module (RH) (squib).
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the .

SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if TROUBLESHOOTING HITS


the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
air bag will inflate. Short to the ground in the curtain air bag module
(RH) (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
TSB Revision
52B-162 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-163

STEP 3. Check by dummy resistor connection.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Locking button (2) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
Harness side connector of D-09 curtain air bag module connector to the direction of
(2-pin, black) the arrow. After releasing the lock, disconnect the
connector.
Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver AC904706AC

MB991884 (3) Connect the dummy resistor (Special tool: MB991865) to


MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
(Resistor harness) the resistor harness (Special tool: MB991884).
(4) Connect the resistor harness (special tool) to D-09 curtain
air bag module connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory, check the
diagnostic trouble code again.
(7) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
D-09 Curtain air bag Q: Is DTC B1442 set?
module connector AC301553CZ YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the right curtain air bag module (Refer to
P.52B-394.)

TSB Revision
52B-164 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Resistance measurement at the C-124 SRS-ECU


connector
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-124 SRS-ECU connector.
DANGER
To release C-124 SRS-ECU wiring harness side con-
nector short spring in the following operations, dis-
connect D-09 air bag module connector in advance,
Lock lever and keep the squib circuit shorted.
AC905015 AC

Locking button (3) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
Harness side connector of D-09 curtain air bag module connector to the direction of
(2-pin, black) the arrow. After releasing the lock, disconnect the
connector.
Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver AC904706AC

CAUTION
The short spring may not be released due to the insuffi-
cient insertion. Therefore, insert the insulator for 4 mm (0.6
inch) or more.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
C-124 Harness side thick] between terminal 59, 60 and the short spring to
connector (front view) release the short spring.
Section Cable tie Terminal
A-A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905468AD

(5) Check for continuity between C124 wiring harness side


C-124 Harness side connector terminal No. 59, 60 and body ground.
connector (front view)
It should be open circuit.
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.

ACA02867AU

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-165

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1442 set?
YES : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : Intermittent Malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1443: Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply)

Curtain Air Bag Module (Squib) (RH) Circuit

SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


LOCK (SQUIB) (RH)
SWITCH

ACA02908 AB

TSB Revision
52B-166 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Connector: C-124 Connector: D-09


D-09 (B)

C-124 (Y)

ACA03077AD ACA03080AF

CAUTION The ignition signal is input to the curtain air bag


If DTC B1443 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- module (RH) to inflate the curtain air bag.
nose the CAN main bus line. .

.
DTC SET CONDITIONS
CIRCUIT OPERATION This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is between the input terminals of the curtain air bag
by detecting signals from the side impact sensors module (RH) (squib).
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the .

SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if TROUBLESHOOTING HITS


the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
air bag will inflate. Short to the power supply in the curtain air bag
module (RH) (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-167

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

STEP 3. Check by dummy resistor connection.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Locking button (2) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
Harness side connector of D-09 curtain air bag module connector to the direction of
(2-pin, black) the arrow. After releasing the lock, disconnect the
connector.
Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver AC904706AC

MB991884 (3) Connect the dummy resistor (Special tool: MB991865) to


MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
(Resistor harness) the resistor harness (Special tool: MB991884).
(4) Connect the resistor harness (special tool) to D-09 curtain
air bag module connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory, check the
diagnostic trouble code again.
(7) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
D-09 Curtain air bag Q: Is DTC B1443 set?
module connector AC301553CZ YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the right curtain air bag module (Refer to
P.52B-394.)

TSB Revision
52B-168 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Voltage measurement at the C-124 SRS-ECU


connector.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-124 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To release C-124 SRS-ECU wiring harness side con-
nector short spring in the following operations, dis-
connect D-09 air bag module connector in advance,
and keep the squib circuit shorted.
Locking button (3) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
Harness side connector of D-09 curtain air bag module connector to the direction of
(2-pin, black) the arrow. After releasing the lock, disconnect the
connector.
Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver AC904706AC

CAUTION
The short spring may not be released due to the insuffi-
cient insertion. Therefore, insert the insulator for 4 mm (0.6
inch) or more.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
C-124 Harness side thick] between terminal 59, 60 and the short spring to
connector (front view) release the short spring.
Section Cable tie Terminal (5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
A-A (6) Ignition switch: ON
A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905468AD

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-169
(7) Measure the voltage between the C-124 wiring harness
C-124 Harness side side connector terminal No. 59, 60 and body ground.
connector (front view) Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.
Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.

AC608813CQ

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1443 set?
YES : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : Intermittent Malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1446: Side Impact Sensor (Rear: RH) System for Fault
DTC B1456: Side Impact Sensor (Rear: LH) System for Fault

CAUTION Analog G-sensor characteristics are abnormal.


If DTC B1446 or B1456 is set in the SRS-ECU, Analog G-sensor output is abnormal.
always diagnose the CAN main bus line. .

.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
DTC SET CONDITIONS Malfunction of side impact sensor (Rear: RH) (for
These DTCs are set if the following conditions are DTC B1446) and side impact sensor (Rear: LH) (for
detected from the analog G-sensor inside the side DTC B1456)
impact sensor output:
Analog G-sensor is not operating.

TSB Revision
52B-170 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16). Then go to Step 2.

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371) and side
impact sensor (Rear: RH) (Refer to P.52B-398) (for
DTC B1446) or replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to
P.52B-371) and side impact sensor (Rear: LH) (Refer
to P.52B-398) (for DTC B1456)
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-171

DTC B1447: Side Impact Sensor (Rear: RH) Power Supply Circuit System

Side Impact Sensor (Front, Rear) (RH) Circuit

SRS-ECU

SIDE IMPACT SIDE IMPACT


SENSOR (REAR: RH) SENSOR (FRONT: RH)

ACA02943 AB

Connector: C-124 Connector: D-42


D-42 (Y)

C-124 (Y)

ACA03077AD ACA03080AG

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If DTC B1447 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- This DTC will set when the power supply voltage to
nose the CAN main bus line. the side impact sensor (Rear: RH) remains less than
a predetermined value for five seconds.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The side impact sensor includes an analog G-sensor .

and CPU, etc. The CPU monitors the analog G-sen- TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
sor output signal. If the CPU judges that the curtain Damaged wiring harness or connectors
air bag should be deployed, it sends a fire signal to Malfunction of the side impact sensor (Rear: RH)
the SRS-ECU to deploy the curtain air bag. In addi- (squib)
tion, the CPU diagnoses the internal components of Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
the side impact sensor. If a malfunction occurs, it
requests the SRS-ECU to set a diagnostic trouble
code.

TSB Revision
52B-172 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

STEP 3. Check the side impact sensor (Rear: RH) power


supply circuit. Measure the voltage at the side impact
sensor (Rear: RH) connector D-42.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect side impact sensor (Rear: RH) connector D-40,
and measure at the wiring harness side.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
6 - 12 V weakened.
(5) Measure the voltage between D-42 harness side connector
terminal 1 and ground.
A wave pattern of oscilloscope iterates an amplitude of 6
1V 12 volts.
OR LESS
Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?
1S 1S 1S 1S
YES : Replace the side impact sensor (Rear: RH). (Refer to
AC500074 AB
P.52B-398). Then go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-173

STEP 4. Check the harness wires for open circuit or short


circuit between SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.61)
and side impact sensor (Rear: RH) connector D-42
(terminal No.1).
Q: Are the harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-124 (terminal No.61) and side impact sensor (Rear:
RH) connector D-42 (terminal No.1) in good condition?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1447 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and side impact sensor (Rear: RH)
connector D-42. Then go to Step 5.

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1447 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1448: Side Impact Sensor (Rear: RH) (Squib) for Power Supply Circuit
DTC B1449: Side Impact Sensor (Rear: RH) (Squib) for Communication System

Side Impact Sensor (Front, Rear) (RH) Circuit

SRS-ECU

SIDE IMPACT SIDE IMPACT


SENSOR (REAR: RH) SENSOR (FRONT: RH)

ACA02943 AB

TSB Revision
52B-174 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Connector: C-124 Connector: D-42


D-42 (Y)

C-124 (Y)

ACA03077AD ACA03080AG

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If DTC B1448 or B1449 is set in the SRS-ECU, These DTCs are set if communication between the
always diagnose the CAN main bus line. side impact sensor (Rear: RH) and the SRS-ECU is
not possible or communication is faulty.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The side impact sensor includes an analog G-sensor .

and CPU, etc. The CPU monitors the analog G-sen- TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
sor output signal. If the CPU judges that the curtain Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
air bag should be deployed, it sends a fire signal to Malfunction of the side impact sensor (Rear: RH)
the SRS-ECU to deploy the curtain air bag. In addi- Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
tion, the CPU diagnoses the internal components of
the side impact sensor. If a malfunction occurs, it
requests the SRS-ECU to set a diagnostic trouble
code.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-175

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

STEP 3. Check any diagnostic trouble code.


Check the side impact sensor (Rear: RH).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Temporarily replace the side impact sensor (Rear: RH) with
the side impact sensor (Rear: LH).
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
Q: Is DTC B1458 or B1459 set?
YES : Replace the side impact sensor (rear RH) with a new
one. (Refer to P.52B-398). Then go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.

STEP 4. Check the harness wires for open circuit or short


circuit between SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.61
and 62) and side impact sensor (Rear: RH) connector D-42
(terminal No.1 and 2).
Q: Are the harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-124 (terminal No.61 and 62) and side impact sensor
(Rear: RH) connector D-42 (terminal No.1 and 2) in good
condition?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1448 or B1449
sets, replace the SRS-ECU. (Refer to P.52B-371).
Then go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and side impact sensor (Rear: RH)
connector D-42. Then go to Step 5.

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1448 or B1449 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision
52B-176 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1450: Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Short Circuit between Squib Circuit
Terminals)

Curtain Air Bag Module (Squib) (LH) Circuit

SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR CURTAIN AIR BAG


LOCK MODULE (SQUIB) (LH)
SWITCH

ACA02919 AB

Connector: C-125 Connector: D-17


D-17 (B)

C-125 (Y)

ACA03077AE ACA03080AH

CAUTION CIRCUIT OPERATION


If DTC B1450 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
nose the CAN main bus line. by detecting signals from the side impact sensors
.
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
The ignition signal is input to the curtain air bag
module (LH) to inflate the curtain air bag.
.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-177
DTC SET CONDITIONS Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance NOTE: *: The squib circuit connectors integrate a
between the input terminals of the curtain air bag "short" spring (which prevents the air bag from
module (LH) (squib). deploying unintentionally due to static electricity by
.
shorting the positive wire to the ground wire in the
TROUBLESHOOTING HITS squib circuit when the connectors are disconnected)
Improper engaged connector or defective short (Refer to P.52B-3). Therefore, if connector C-125 or
spring* D-17 is damaged or improperly engaged, the short
Short circuit between the curtain air bag module spring may not be released when the connector is
(LH) (squib) circuit terminals connected.
Damaged connector(s)

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-178 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check SRS-ECU connector C-125, curtain air bag


module (LH) connector D-17.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
A the C-125 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

Locking button (3) After disconnecting the D-17 harness side connector,
Harness side connector connect the connector again. For the D-17 connector
(2-pin, black) disconnection, use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the
harness side connector locking button. After releasing the
Inflator
lock, disconnect the connector.
(4) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(5) After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory, check the
diagnostic trouble code again.
(6) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Flat-tipped
screwdriver AC904706AC Q: Is DTC B1450 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Intermittent Malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15).

STEP 4. Check by dummy resistor connection.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Locking button (2) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
Harness side connector of harness side connector. After releasing the lock,
(2-pin, black) disconnect the D-17 harness side connector
Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver AC904706AC

MB991884 (3) Connect the dummy resistor (Special tool: MB991865) to


MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
(Resistor harness) the resistor harness (Special tool: MB991884).
(4) Connect the resistor harness (special tool) to D-17 curtain
air bag module (front) connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory, check the
diagnostic trouble code again.
Q: Is DTC B1450 set?
D-17 Curtain air bag YES : Go to Step 5.
module connector AC301553DH NO : Replace the left curtain air bag module (Refer to
P.52B-394.)
TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-179

STEP 5. Resistance measurement at the C-125 SRS-ECU


connector.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
A the C-125 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.
DANGER
To release C-125 SRS-ECU wiring harness side con-
nector short spring in the following operations, dis-
connect D-17 air bag module connector in advance,
Lock lever and keep the squib circuit shorted.
AC905015 AC

Locking button (3) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
Harness side connector of harness side connector. After releasing the lock,
(2-pin, black) disconnect the D-17 harness side connector
Inflator CAUTION
The short spring may not be released due to the insuffi-
cient insertion. Therefore, insert the insulator for 4 mm (0.6
inch) or more.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver AC904706AC

(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
C-125 Harness side thick] between terminal 36, 37 and the short spring to
connector (front view)
release the short spring.
Section Cable tie Terminal
A-A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905468AE

(5) Check for continuity between the C-125 wiring harness side
C-125 Harness side connector terminal No. 36 and No. 37.
connector (front view)
It should be open circuit.
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.

ACA02867AV

TSB Revision
52B-180 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1450 set?
YES : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : Intermittent Malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1451: Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)

Curtain Air Bag Module (Squib) (LH) Circuit

SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR CURTAIN AIR BAG


LOCK MODULE (SQUIB) (LH)
SWITCH

ACA02919 AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-181
Connector: C-125 Connector: D-17
D-17 (B)

C-125 (Y)

ACA03077AE ACA03080AH

CAUTION The ignition signal is input to the curtain air bag


If DTC B1451 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- module (LH) to inflate the curtain air bag.
nose the CAN main bus line. .

.
DTC SET CONDITIONS
CIRCUIT OPERATION This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is between the input terminals of the curtain air bag
by detecting signals from the side impact sensors module (LH) (squib).
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the .

SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if TROUBLESHOOTING HITS


the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS Open circuit in the curtain air bag module (LH)
air bag will inflate. (squib) circuit
Improper connector contact
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
52B-182 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

STEP 3. Check by dummy resistor connection.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Locking button (2) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
Harness side connector of D-17 curtain air bag module connector to the direction of
(2-pin, black) the arrow. After releasing the lock, disconnect the
connector.
Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver AC904706AC

MB991884 (3) Connect the dummy resistor (Special tool: MB991865) to


MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
(Resistor harness) the resistor harness (Special tool: MB991884).
(4) Connect the resistor harness (special tool) to D-09 curtain
air bag module connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory, check the
diagnostic trouble code again.
(7) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
D-17 Curtain air bag Q: Is DTC B1441 set?
module connector AC301553DH YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the left curtain air bag module.(Refer to
P.52B-394.)

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-183

STEP 4. RResistance measurement at the C-125 SRS-ECU


connector and the D-17 curtain air bag module connector.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-125 SRS-ECU connector.
DANGER
To release C-125 SRS-ECU wiring harness side con-
nector short spring in the following operations, dis-
connect D-17 air bag module connector in advance,
Lock lever and keep the squib circuit shorted.
AC905015 AC

Locking button (3) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
Harness side connector of D-17 curtain air bag module connector to the direction of
(2-pin, black) the arrow. After releasing the lock, disconnect the
connector.
Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver AC904706AC

CAUTION
The short spring may not be released due to the insuffi-
cient insertion. Therefore, insert the insulator for 4 mm (0.6
inch) or more.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
C-125 Harness side thick] between terminal 36, 37 and the short spring to
connector (front view)
release the short spring.
Section Cable tie Terminal
A-A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905468AE

(5) Connect the resistor harness (Special tool: MB991884) to


MB991884 the removed D-17 curtain air bag module connector.
NOTE: When the resistor harness is connected, the termi-
nal No. of connected side and the terminals Nos. 1 and 2 of
resistor harness connector will become inverted.

D-09
Curtain air bag
module connector
AC201287 FW

TSB Revision
52B-184 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CAUTION
Resistor harness side (6) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
connector (front view) should be less than 2 ohms.
C-125 SRS-ECU Continuity between C-125 SRS-ECU wiring harness
harness side 1 side connector terminal No. 36 and the resistor harness
connector (front view) 2 connector terminal No. 1
Continuity between C-125 SRS-ECU wiring harness
side connector terminal No. 37 and the resistor harness
connector terminal No. 2
Q: Does continuity exist?
AC506985EV
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between the C-125 harness
side connector terminal No. 36/37.

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1451 set?
YES : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : Intermittent Malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-185

DTC B1452: Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)

Curtain Air Bag Module (Squib) (LH) Circuit

SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR CURTAIN AIR BAG


LOCK MODULE (SQUIB) (LH)
SWITCH

ACA02919 AB

Connector: C-125 Connector: D-17


D-17 (B)

C-125 (Y)

ACA03077AE ACA03080AH

CAUTION The ignition signal is input to the curtain air bag


If DTC B1452 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- module (LH) to inflate the curtain air bag.
nose the CAN main bus line. .

.
DTC SET CONDITIONS
CIRCUIT OPERATION This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is between the input terminals of the curtain air bag
by detecting signals from the side impact sensors module (LH) (squib).
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the .

SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if TROUBLESHOOTING HITS


the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
air bag will inflate. Short to the ground in the curtain air bag module
(LH) (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

TSB Revision
52B-186 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-187

STEP 3. Check by dummy resistor connection.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Locking button (2) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
Harness side connector of D-17 curtain air bag module connector to the direction of
(2-pin, black) the arrow. After releasing the lock, disconnect the
connector.
Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver AC904706AC

MB991884 (3) Connect the dummy resistor (Special tool: MB991865) to


MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
(Resistor harness) the resistor harness (Special tool: MB991884).
(4) Connect the resistor harness (special tool) to D-17 curtain
air bag module connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory, check the
diagnostic trouble code again.
(7) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
D-17 Curtain air bag Q: Is DTC B1452 set?
module connector AC301553DH YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the left curtain air bag module (Refer to
P.52B-394.)

TSB Revision
52B-188 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Resistance measurement at the C-125 SRS-ECU


connector.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-125 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To release C-125 SRS-ECU wiring harness side con-
nector short spring in the following operations, dis-
connect D-17 air bag module connector in advance,
and keep the squib circuit shorted.
Locking button (3) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
Harness side connector of harness side connector. After releasing the lock,
(2-pin, black) disconnect the D-17 harness side connector
Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver AC904706AC

CAUTION
The short spring may not be released due to the insuffi-
cient insertion. Therefore, insert the insulator for 4 mm (0.6
inch) or more.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
C-125 Harness side thick] between terminal 36, 37 and the short spring to
connector (front view)
release the short spring.
Section Cable tie Terminal
A-A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905468AE

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-189
(5) Check for continuity between C-125 wiring harness side
C-125 Harness side connector terminal No. 36, 37 and body ground.
connector (front view)
It should be open circuit.
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.

ACA02867AW

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1452 set?
YES : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : Intermittent Malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1453: Curtain Air bag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply)

Curtain Air Bag Module (Squib) (LH) Circuit

SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR CURTAIN AIR BAG


LOCK MODULE (SQUIB) (LH)
SWITCH

ACA02919 AB

TSB Revision
52B-190 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Connector: C-125 Connector: D-17


D-17 (B)

C-125 (Y)

ACA03077AE ACA03080AH

CAUTION The ignition signal is input to the curtain air bag


If DTC B1453 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- module (LH) to inflate the curtain air bag.
nose the CAN main bus line. .

.
DTC SET CONDITIONS
CIRCUIT OPERATION This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is between the input terminals of the curtain air bag
by detecting signals from the side impact sensors module (LH) (squib).
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the .

SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if TROUBLESHOOTING HITS


the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
air bag will inflate. Short to the power supply in the curtain air bag
module (LH) (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-191

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

STEP 3. Check SRS-ECU connector C-125, curtain air bag


module (LH) connector D-17.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
A the C-125 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

Locking button (3) After disconnecting the D-17 harness side connector,
Harness side connector connect the connector again. For the D-17 connector
(2-pin, black) disconnection, use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the
harness side connector locking button. After releasing the
Inflator
lock, disconnect the connector.
(4) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(5) After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory, check the
diagnostic trouble code again.
(6) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Flat-tipped
screwdriver AC904706AC Q: Is DTC B1453 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Intermittent Malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-192 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Voltage measurement at the C-125 SRS-ECU


connector.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-125 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To release C-125 SRS-ECU wiring harness side con-
nector short spring in the following operations, dis-
connect D-17 air bag module connector in advance,
and keep the squib circuit shorted.
Locking button (3) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
Harness side connector of harness side connector. After releasing the lock,
(2-pin, black) disconnect the D-17 harness side connector
Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver AC904706AC

CAUTION
The short spring may not be released due to the insuffi-
cient insertion. Therefore, insert the insulator for 4 mm (0.6
inch) or more.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
C-125 Harness side thick] between terminal 36, 37 and the short spring to
connector (front view)
release the short spring.
Section Cable tie Terminal (5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
A-A (6) Ignition switch: ON
A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905468AE

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-193
(7) Measure the voltage between the C-125 wiring harness
C-125 SRS-ECU harness side side connector terminal No. 36, 37 and body ground.
connector (front view)
Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.
Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.

ACA02874AI

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1453 set?
YES : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : Intermittent Malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1457: Side Impact Sensor (Rear: LH) Power Supply Circuit System

Side Impact Sensor (Front, Rear) (LH) Circuit


SRS-ECU

SIDE IMPACT SIDE IMPACT


SENSOR (REAR: LH) SENSOR (FRONT: LH)

ACA02952 AB

TSB Revision
52B-194 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Connector: C-125 Connector: D-43

D-43 (Y)

C-125 (Y)

ACA03077AE ACA03080AI

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If DTC B1457 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- This DTC is set if the power supply voltage of the
nose the CAN main bus line. side impact sensor (Rear: LH) drops below the rated
value for a continuous period of 5 seconds or more.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The side impact sensor includes an analog G-sensor .

and CPU, etc. The CPU monitors the analog G-sen- TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
sor output signal. If the CPU judges that the curtain Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
air bag should be deployed, it sends a fire signal to Malfunction of the side impact sensor (Rear: LH)
the SRS-ECU to deploy the curtain air bag. In addi- (squib)
tion, the CPU diagnoses the internal components of Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
the side impact sensor. If a malfunction occurs, it
requests the SRS-ECU to set a diagnostic trouble
code.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-195

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

STEP 3. Check the side impact sensor (Rear: LH) power


supply circuit. Measure the voltage at the side impact
sensor (Rear: LH) connector D-43.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect side impact sensor (Rear: LH) connector D-43,
and measure at the wiring harness side.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
6 - 12 V weakened.
(5) Measure the voltage between D-43 harness side connector
terminal 1 and ground.
A wave pattern of oscilloscope iterates an amplitude of 6
1V 12 volts.
OR LESS
Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?
1S 1S 1S 1S
YES : Replace the side impact sensor (Rear: LH) (Refer to
AC500074 AB
P.52B-398). Then go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.

STEP 4. Check the harness wires for open circuit or short


circuit between SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.45)
and side impact sensor (Rear: LH) connector D-43
(terminal No.2).
Q: Are the harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-125 (terminal No.15) and side impact sensor (Rear:
LH) connector D-43 (terminal No.2) in good condition?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1457 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 and side impact sensor (Rear: LH)
connector D-43. Then go to Step 5.

TSB Revision
52B-196 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1457 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1458: Side Impact Sensor (Rear: LH) (Squib) for Power Supply Circuit
DTC B1459: Side Impact Sensor (Rear: LH) (Squib) for Communication System

Side Impact Sensor (Front, Rear) (LH) Circuit


SRS-ECU

SIDE IMPACT SIDE IMPACT


SENSOR (REAR: LH) SENSOR (FRONT: LH)

ACA02952 AB

Connector: C-125 Connector: D-43

D-43 (Y)

C-125 (Y)

ACA03077AE ACA03080AI

CAUTION
If DTC B1458 or B1459 is set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-197
CIRCUIT OPERATION
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


The side impact sensor includes an analog G-sensor These DTCs are set if communication between the
and CPU, etc. The CPU monitors the analog G-sen- side impact sensor (rear LH) and the SRS-ECU is
sor output signal. If the CPU judges that the curtain not possible or faulty.
air bag should be deployed, it sends a fire signal to
the SRS-ECU to deploy the curtain air bag. In addi- .

tion, the CPU diagnoses the internal components of TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


the side impact sensor. If a malfunction occurs, it Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
requests the SRS-ECU to set a diagnostic trouble Malfunction of the side impact sensor (rear LH)
code. Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-198 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check for any diagnostic trouble code.


Check the side impact sensor (rear LH).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Replace the side impact sensor (rear LH) with the side
impact sensor (rear RH).
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
Q: Is DTC B1448 or B1449 set?
YES : Replace the side impact sensor (rear LH) with a new
one. (Refer to P.52B-398). Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.

STEP 4. Check the harness wires for open circuit or short


circuit between SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.44
and 45) and side impact sensor (rear LH) connector D-43
(terminal No.1 and 2).
Q: Are the harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-125 (terminal No.44 and 45) and side impact sensor
(rear LH) connector D-43 (terminal No.1 and 2) in good
condition?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1458 or B1459
sets, replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
Then go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 and side impact sensor (rear LH)
connector D-43. Then go to Step 5.

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1458 or B1459 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-199

DTC B1476: Open Circuit to IG1 Power Supply (Fuse No.12 Circuit)
DTC B1477: Open Circuit to IG1 Power Supply (Fuse No.18 Circuit)

IGNITION SWITCH (IG1)


OR OSS-ECU (IG1) FUSIBLE LINK 34

ETACS-ECU

IG1
RELAY

SRS-ECU

ACA02959 AB

TSB Revision
52B-200 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Connector: C-126 Connectors: C-412, C-417


ETACS-ECU

C-417

C-126 (Y) C-412 (BR)

ACA03077AB ACA03079 AB

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If DTC B1476 (Fuse No.12) or B1477 (Fuse No.18) This code is set when an open circuit occurs in the
is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN power supply circuit to the SRS-ECU (terminal
main bus lines. No.61) or in the power supply circuit to the SRS-ECU
.
(terminal No.62). Also, if the code No. B1476 and
CIRCUIT OPERATION B1477 are set at the same time, the battery voltage
The SRS-ECU is powered from the fusible link may have dropped. Therefore, check the battery first.
(34).
The SRS-ECU power is supplied from two cir-
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
cuits. Even if one circuit is shut off, the air bag
Open circuit to power supply circuit
can inflate.
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
.
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
Malfunction of ETACS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Power supply fuse number 12,18 check.


Q: Is the fuse in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 2

STEP 2. Check for a blown fuse.


(1) Replace the fuse.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position, wait for at least
one minute and then turn the switch off.
(3) Check the fuse.
Q: Is the fuse in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between the C-313
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 4/2 and the C-27
SRS-ECU connector terminal No. 61/62, and replace
the power supply fuse.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-201

STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 4. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the ETACS.


CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the ETACS, (Refer to GROUP 54A,
ETACS, Diagnosis P.54A-671.
NO : Check the input signal of ETACS-ECU ignition switch
(IG1) (Refer to GROUP 54A ETACS, Symptom
procedures P.54A-728). Than go to step 5.

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-202 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 6. Resistance measurement at the C-126 SRS-ECU


connector.
(1) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(2) Take the measurements below at the C-126 wiring harness


C-126 Harness side side connectors. It should be less than 2 ohms.
connector (front view) Continuity between C-126 wiring harness side connec-
tor terminal No. 24 and body ground
Q: Does continuity exist?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between the C-126
SRS-ECU connector terminal No. 24 and the ground.

ACA02867BE

STEP 7. Measure the voltage at the C-126 SRS-ECU


connector.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-126 SRS-ECU connector.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Ignition switch: ON

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(5) Take the measurements below at the C-126 harness side


C-126 Harness side connector.
connector (front view) Voltage between terminal No. 21/22 and body ground
OK: 9 V or more
Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Go to Step 8.

ACA02874 AO

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-203

STEP 8. Check the harness for open circuit between


SRS-ECU connector C-126 terminal No.21 and the
ETACS-ECU connector C-412 terminal No.4 or between
SRS-ECU connector C-126 terminal No.22 and the
ETACS-ECU connector C-417 terminal No.5.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-126 SRS-ECU connector.
(3) Disconnect the ETACS-ECU connector C-412 or C-417.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(4) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It


C-417 Harness side
C-126 connector (front view) should be less than 2 ohms.
Harness side
connector <Fuse No.12>
(front view) SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.22) and the
ETACS-ECU connector C-417 (terminal No.5)
<Fuse No.18>
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.21) and the
ETACS-ECU connector C-412 (terminal No.4)
ACA02867BG Q: Does continuity exist?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 54A,
C-412 Harness side ETACS-ECU P.54A-768).
C-126 connector (front view) NO : Repair the harness wire between SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector connector C-126 and the ETACS-ECU connector
(front view) C-412 or C-417.

ACA02867BF

STEP 9. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1476 <Fuse No.12 circuit> or B1477 <Fuse
No.18 circuit> set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-204 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1488: Passengers Air Bag OFF Indicator Light (Short Circuit between Circuit Terminal)

Air Bag OFF Indiator Light Drive Circuit

ETACS-ECU

CENTER PANEL ASSEMBLY

INTERFACE
CIRCUIT

AIR BAG OFF


INDICATOR
LIGHT
PASSENGER'S
SIDE

SRS-ECU

ACA02964 AB

Connectors: C-126, C-205

C-205 (GR)

C-126 (Y)

ACA03077AF

CAUTION The passengers air bag OFF indicator light illu-


If DTC B1488 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- minates when the ignition switch is turned to the
nose the CAN main bus line. "ON" position and goes out after approximately
. seven seconds if there is not a malfunction in the
CIRCUIT OPERATION SRS system. In the following situations, the indi-
Power for the passengers air bag OFF indicator cator will stay on to show that the passengers
light is supplied from the fusible link (34). (front) air bag is not operational.
The occupant is determined to be less than
66 lbs (30 kg) by the occupant classifica-
tion-ECU.
The front passengers seat is not occupied.
.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-205
DTC SET CONDITIONS
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
This DTC will be set if the passengers air bag OFF Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
indicator light driving circuit is short to ground. If the Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
vehicle condition returns to normal, DTC B1488 will Malfunction of the passengers air bag OFF indi-
be automatically erased, and the warning light will go cator light
out.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

STEP 3. Check the passengers air bag OFF indicator light.


(1) It is checked whether the passengers air bag OFF indicator
light is normal (Refer to P.52B-30).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace center panel assembly (Refer to GROUP
52A Instrument Panel Assembly P.52A-3).

TSB Revision
52B-206 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Resistance measurement at the C-126 SRS-ECU


connector.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-126 SRS-ECU connector.
(3) Disconnect the center panel assembly connector C-205.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(4) Take the measurements below at the SRS-ECU harness


C-126 Harness side side connector. It should be open circuit.
connector (front view) Continuity between terminal No.13 and body ground.
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between the C-126
SRS-ECU connector terminal No. 13 and the C-205
center panel assembly connector terminal No.14.
Then go to Step 6
ACA02867BH

STEP 5. Resistance measurement at the C-205 center


panel assembly connector.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-126 SRS-ECU connector.
CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side
directly, as the connector contact pressure may be weak-
ened.
Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(3) Take the following measurements at the backside of the


C-205 Harness side
C-205 center panel assembly side connector (harness
connector (front view) side).
Continuity between terminal No.14 and body ground.
(4) It should be open circuit.
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).

AC608812 JV

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-207

STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1488 set?
YES : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1489: Passengers Air Bag OFF Indicator Light (Open Circuit)

Air Bag OFF Indiator Light Drive Circuit

ETACS-ECU

CENTER PANEL ASSEMBLY

INTERFACE
CIRCUIT

AIR BAG OFF


INDICATOR
LIGHT
PASSENGER'S
SIDE

SRS-ECU

ACA02964 AB

TSB Revision
52B-208 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Connectors: C-126, C-205

C-205 (GR)

C-126 (Y)

ACA03077AF

CAUTION The occupant is determined to be less than


If DTC B1206 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- 66 lbs (30 kg) by the occupant classifica-
nose the CAN main bus line. tion-ECU.
. The front passengers seat is not occupied.
CIRCUIT OPERATION .

Power for the passengers air bag OFF indicator DTC SET CONDITIONS
light is supplied from the fusible link (34). This DTC will be set if an open circuit has occurred in
The passengers air bag OFF indicator light illu- the wiring harness between the passengers air bag
minates when the ignition switch is turned to the OFF indicator light and the SRS-ECU.
"ON" position and goes out after approximately
seven seconds if there is not a malfunction in the .

SRS system. In the following situations, the indi- TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


cator will stay on to show that the passengers Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
(front) air bag is not operational. Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
Malfunction of the passengers air bag OFF indi-
cator light

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-209

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

STEP 3. Check the passengers air bag OFF indicator light.


(1) It is checked whether the passengers air bag OFF indicator
light is normal (Refer to P.52B-30).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace center panel assembly (Refer to GROUP
52A Instrument Panel Assembly P.52A-3).

STEP 4. Check the harness for open circuit between


SRS-ECU connectorC-126 (terminal No.13) and the center
panel assembly connector C-205 (terminal No.14).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-126 SRS-ECU connector.
(3) Disconnect the center panel assembly connector C-205.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(4) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It


C-205 Harness side
C-126 connector (front view) should be less than 2 ohms.
Harness side SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.13) and the
connector center panel assembly connector C-205 (terminal
(front view)
No.14)
Q: Does continuity exist?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires.

ACA02867BI

TSB Revision
52B-210 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Measure the voltage at the center panel assembly


connector.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the C-205 center panel assembly connector.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Ignition switch: ON.
(5) Measure the voltage between the C-205 harness side
C-205 Harness side connector terminal No. 12 and body ground.
connector (front view)
The voltage should measure approximately 12 volts
(battery positive voltage).
Q: Is the measured voltage approximately 12 volts (battery
positive voltage)?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between the C-417
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 5 and the C-205
ACA02874 AQ instrument center panel assembly connector terminal
No. 12.

STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1489 set?
YES : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1499: Air Bag Deployment Determined by SRS-ECU

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If DTC B1499 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- This diagnosis code is set after the air bag has
nose the CAN main bus line. deployed. If this diagnosis code is set before the air
.
bag has deployed, the cause is probably a malfunc-
tion inside the SRS-ECU.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-211

DTC B1527: Seat Belt Switch (Drivers side) Circuit Open


DTC B1528: Seat Belt Switch (Drivers side) Circuit (Ground Side) Shorted

Seat Belt Switch Circuit

SEAT BELT SWITCH


(DRIVER'S SIDE)
HALL IC

SRS-ECU

ACA02977AB

Connector: C-124 Connector: D-33

C-124 (Y) D-33 (B)

ACA03077AD ACA03080AJ

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If DTC B1527 or B1528 are set in the SRS-ECU, The DTC is set when the seat belt switch (drivers
always diagnose the CAN main bus lines. side) output current is not within the specified range.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION .

The SRS-ECU determines whether the seat belt is TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


fastened or not according to the connection location Malfunction of the seat belt switch (drivers side)
of the seat belt switch in the seat buckle. Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

TSB Revision
52B-212 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(4) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(5) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-213

STEP 3. Check the harness short circuit between seat belt


switch (drivers side) connector D-33 and the SRS-ECU
connector C-124.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the seat belt switch (drivers side) connector
D-33.
(3) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
A the C-124 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(4) Measure the resistance between terminal 53, 58 and body


ground (No. B1527 only).
It should be an open circuit.

C-124 Harness side


connector (front view) ACA02867 BJ

(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.


(6) Ignition switch: ON.
(7) Measure the voltage between terminal 53, 58 and body
ground (No. B1528 only).
Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.

C-124 Harness side


connector (front view) ACA02874 AR

STEP 4. Check the harness wires between SRS-ECU


connector C-124 (terminal No.53 and 58) and the seat belt
switch (drivers side) connector D-33 (terminal No.3 and 4)
(No. B1527 only).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and the seat belt switch (drivers
side) connector D-33. Then go to Step 6.

TSB Revision
52B-214 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Check the harness wires between SRS-ECU


connector C-124 (terminal No.53 and 58) and the seat belt
switch (drivers side) connector D-33 (terminal No.3 and 4).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-124 SRS-ECU connector.
(3) Disconnect the seat belt switch (drivers side) connector
D-33.
CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from D-33 harness
Lock lever side connector front side directly, as the connector contact
AC905015 AC pressure may be weakened.

C-124 SRS-ECU harness side


(4) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
connector (front view) should be less than 2 ohms.
SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.53) and the
D-33 Harness side seat belt switch (drivers side) connector D-33 (terminal
connector (rear view)
No.3)
SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.58) and the
seat belt switch (drivers side) connector D-33 (terminal
No.4)
Q: Is the check result normal?
AC506985EX
YES : go to Step 6.
NO : Repair harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-124 and the seat belt switch (drivers side)
connector D-33.

STEP 6. seat belt switch (drivers side) check.


Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Belt P.52A-53
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Replace the seat belt switch (drivers side) (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Front Seat Belt P.52A-52).

STEP 7. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1527 or B1528 set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-215

DTC B1537: Seat Belt Switch (Passengers side) Circuit Open


DTC B1538: Seat Belt Switch (Passengers side) Circuit (Ground Side) Shorted

Seat Belt Switch Circuit

SEAT BELT SWITCH


(PASSENGER'S SIDE)
HALL IC

SRS-ECU

ACA02978 AB

Connector: C-125 Connector: D-40

C-125 (Y)
D-40 (B)

ACA03077AE ACA03080AK

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If DTC B1537 or B1538 are set in the SRS-ECU, The DTC is set when the seat belt switch output cur-
always diagnose the CAN main bus lines. rent is not within the specified range.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION .

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The SRS-ECU determines whether the seat belt is
Malfunction of the seat belt switch (passengers
fastened or not according to the connection location
side)
of the seat belt switch in the seat buckle.
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
.
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

TSB Revision
52B-216 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(4) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(5) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-217

STEP 3. Check the harness short circuit between seat belt


switch (passengers side) connector D-40 and the
SRS-ECU connector C-125.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the seat belt switch (passengers side)
connector D-40.
(3) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-125 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(4) Measure the resistance between terminal 53, 58 and body


ground (No. B1537 only).
It should be an open circuit.

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view) ACA02867 BK

(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.


(6) Ignition switch: ON.
(7) Measure the voltage between terminal 33, 38 and body
ground (No. B1538 only).
Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view) ACA02874 AS

STEP 4. Check the harness wires between SRS-ECU


connector C-125 (terminal No.33 and 38) and the seat belt
switch (passengers side) connector D-40 (terminal No.1
and 2) (No. B1537 only).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 and the seat belt switch
(passengers side) connector D-40. Then go to Step
6.

TSB Revision
52B-218 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Check the harness wires between SRS-ECU


connector C-125 (terminal No.33 and 38) and the seat belt
switch (passengers side) connector D-40 (terminal No.2
and 1).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-125 SRS-ECU connector.
(3) Disconnect the seat belt switch (passengers side)
connector D-40.
CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from D-40 harness
Lock lever side connector front side directly, as the connector contact
AC905015 AC pressure may be weakened.

C-125 SRS-ECU harness side (4) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
connector (front view) should be less than 2 ohms.
SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.33) and the
seat belt switch (passengers side) connector D-40 (ter-
D-40 Harness side minal No.2)
connector (rear view)
SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.38) and the
seat belt switch (passengers side) connector D-40 (ter-
minal No.1)
Q: Is the check result normal?
AC506985EY
YES : go to Step 6.
NO : Repair harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-125 and the seat belt switch (passengers side)
connector D-40.

STEP 6. Seat belt switch (passengers side) check.


Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Belt P.52A-53
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Replace the seat belt switch (passengers side)
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Belt P.52A-52).

STEP 7. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1537 or B1538 set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-219

DTC B1556: Drivers Seat Slide Sensor Malfunction (Occupant Classification-ECU)

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITION


If DTC B1556 is set in the Occupant classifica- This DTC is set if communication between the occu-
tion-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus pant classification-ECU and the seat slide sensor is
line. not possible or communication is faulty.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the seat slide sensor
Malfunction of occupant classification-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.00-15."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the occupant


classification-ECU diagnostic trouble code.
Check if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
Q: Is DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the occupant classification-ECU.
NO : Go to Step 3.

STEP 3. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-220 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1558: OCM (Occupant Classification-ECU) DTC Present


.

CAUTION TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


If DTC B1558 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
nose the CAN main bus line. Malfunction of the occupant classification-ECU
.

DTC SET CONDITION


It is set if a DTC occurs in the occupant classifica-
tion-ECU.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check that the DTC is set in the occupant classification-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the occupant classification-ECU (Refer to
P.52B-371). Then go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 3

STEP 3. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-221

DTC B1603: Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Short Circuit Between Squib Circuit
Terminals)

Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (LH) (Squib) Circuit

SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH

CONNECTOR SEAT BELT


LOCK PRE-TENSIONER (LH)
SWITCH

ACA02929 AB

Connector: C-124 Connector: D-28

C-124 (Y)

D-28 (B)
ACA03077AD ACA03080AO

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If DTC B1603 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
nose the CAN main bus line. between the input terminals of the driver's side seat
.
belt pre-tensioner (squib).
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
Improper engaged connector or defective short
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
spring*
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
Short circuit between the driver's seat belt
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
pre-tensioner (squib) circuit terminals
G-sensor is on, the pre-tensioner will deploy.
Damaged connector(s)
.
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

TSB Revision
52B-222 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

NOTE: *: The squib circuit connectors integrate a


"short" spring (which prevents the seat belt pre-ten-
sioner from deploying unintentionally due to static
electricity by shorting the positive wire to the ground
wire in the squib circuit when the connectors are dis-
connected) (Refer to P.52B-3). Therefore, if connec-
tor C-124 or D-28 is damaged or improperly
engaged, the short spring may not be released when
the connector is connected.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2 .
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3 .
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-223

STEP 3. Check SRS-ECU connector C-124 and drivers


seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-28.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
A the C-124 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

Seat belt pre-tensioner


(3) Disconnect D-28 driver's seat belt pre-tensioner harness
harness side connector side connector, and then reconnect it. Use a flat-tipped
screwdriver to pull out the connector locking button toward
Locking the arrow direction, release the lock, and then disconnect
button the connector.
(4) Connector the negative battery terminal.
(5) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
Flat-tipped
diagnostic trouble code.
screwdriver
Q: Is DTC B1603 set?
AC904862 AC YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : The procedure is complete. It is assumed that DTC
B1603 set because connector C-124 or D-28 was
engaged improperly.

TSB Revision
52B-224 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the driver's seat belt pre-tensioner.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
A the C-124 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

Seat belt pre-tensioner


(3) Disconnect driver's seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-28.
harness side connector Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at
the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in
Locking two stages, and then disconnect the connector.
button

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904862 AC

(4) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884.


MB991884
MB991865
(Resistor harness) (5) Connect special tool MB991884 to the D-28 harness side
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
connector.
(6) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(7) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and then check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1603 set?
D-28 Harness YES : Go to Step 5.
side connector
NO : Replace the driver's seat with belt pre-tensioner
AC301553DC (Refer to P.52B-401). Then go to Step 7.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-225

STEP 5. Check the drivers seat belt pre-tensioner circuit.


Measure the resistance at the SRS-ECU connector C-124.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-124 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To prevent the seat belt pre-tensioner from deploying
unintentionally, disconnect the drivers seat belt
pre-tensioner connector D-28 to short the squib cir-
cuit.
Seat belt pre-tensioner
(3) Disconnect driver's seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-28.
harness side connector Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at
the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in
Locking two stages, and then disconnect the connector.
button

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904862 AC

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
C-124 Harness side thick] between terminals 54, 55 and the short spring to
connector (front view)
release the short spring.
Terminal
Section Cable tie
A-A A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905468AF

TSB Revision
52B-226 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

(5) Check for continuity between C-124 harness side connector


C-124 Harness side terminals 54 and 55.
connector (front view)
It should be an open circuit.
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1603 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
ACA02867AY

STEP 6. Check the harness for short circuit between


SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.54 and 55) and
drivers seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-28 (terminal
No.1 and 2).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and drivers seat belt pre-tensioner
connector D-28. Then go to Step 7.

STEP 7. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1603 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-227

DTC B1604: Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)

Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (LH) (Squib) Circuit

SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH

CONNECTOR SEAT BELT


LOCK PRE-TENSIONER (LH)
SWITCH

ACA02929 AB

Connector: C-124 Connector: D-28

C-124 (Y)

D-28 (B)
ACA03077AD ACA03080AO

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If DTC B1604 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
nose the CAN main bus line. between the input terminals of the driver's seat belt
pre-tensioner (squib).
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by .

detecting signals from the front impact sensors and TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is Improper connector contact
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an Open circuit in the driver's seat belt pre-tensioner
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing (squib) circuit
G-sensor is on, the pre-tensioner will deploy. Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

TSB Revision
52B-228 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-229

STEP 3. Check the driver's seat belt pre-tensioner.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Seat belt pre-tensioner
(2) Disconnect driver's seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-28.
harness side connector Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at
the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in
Locking two stages, and then disconnect the connector.
button

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904862 AC

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884.


MB991884
MB991865
(Resistor harness) (4) Connect special tool MB991884 to the D-28 harness side
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and then check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1604 set?
D-28 Harness YES : Go to Step 4.
side connector
NO : Replace the driver's seat belt with pre-tensioner
AC301553DC (Refer to P.52B-401). Then go to Step 5.

TSB Revision
52B-230 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the harness for open circuit between


SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.54 and 55) and the
driver's seat belt pre-tensioner D-28 (terminal No.1 and 2).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-124 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To prevent the seat belt pre-tensioner from deploying
unintentionally, disconnect the drivers seat belt
pre-tensioner connector D-28 to short the squib cir-
cuit.
Seat belt pre-tensioner
(3) Disconnect driver's seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-28.
harness side connector Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at
the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in
Locking two stages, and then disconnect the connector.
button

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904862 AC

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
C-124 Harness side thick] between terminals 54, 55 and the short spring to
connector (front view)
release the short spring.
Terminal
Section Cable tie
A-A A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905468AF

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-231
(5) Connect D-28 harness side connector to special tool
MB991884
MB991865
(Resistor harness) MB991884.
(Dummy resistor: 3 )

D-28 Harness
side connector
AC301553DC

Resistor harness side (6) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
connector (front view) should be less than 2 ohms.
C-124 SRS-ECU SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.54) and the
harness side 1 special tool (terminal No.2)
connector (front view) 2 SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.55) and the
special tool (terminal No.1)
Q: Does continuity exist?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and
recheck if any DTC set. If DTC B1604 set, replace the
AC506985EW
SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and drivers seat belt pre-tensioner
connector D-28. Then go to Step 5.

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1604 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision
52B-232 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1605: Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)

Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (LH) (Squib) Circuit

SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH

CONNECTOR SEAT BELT


LOCK PRE-TENSIONER (LH)
SWITCH

ACA02929 AB

Connector: C-124 Connector: D-28

C-124 (Y)

D-28 (B)
ACA03077AD ACA03080AO

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If DTC B1605 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
nose the CAN main bus line. between the input terminals of the driver's seat belt
pre-tensioner (squib).
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by .

detecting signals from the front impact sensors and TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an Short to the ground in the driver's seat belt
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing pre-tensioner (squib) harness
G-sensor is on, the pre-tensioner will deploy. Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-233
DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-234 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check the driver's seat belt pre-tensioner.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Seat belt pre-tensioner
(2) Disconnect driver's seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-28.
harness side connector Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at
the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in
Locking two stages, and then disconnect the connector.
button

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904862 AC

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884.


MB991884
MB991865
(Resistor harness) (4) Connect special tool MB991884 to the D-28 harness side
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1605 set?
D-28 Harness YES : Go to Step 4.
side connector
NO : Replace the driver's seat belt with pre-tensioner
AC301553DC (Refer to P.52B-401). Then go to Step 6.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-235

STEP 4. Check the driver's seat belt pre-tensioner circuit.


Measure the resistance at the SRS-ECU connector C-124.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-124 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To prevent the seat belt pre-tensioner from deploying
unintentionally, disconnect the drivers seat belt
pre-tensioner connector D-28 to short the squib cir-
cuit.
Seat belt pre-tensioner
(3) Disconnect driver's seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-28.
harness side connector Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at
the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in
Locking two stages, and then disconnect the connector.
button

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904862 AC

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
C-124 Harness side thick] between terminals 54, 55 and the short spring to
connector (front view)
release the short spring.
Terminal
Section Cable tie
A-A A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905468AF

TSB Revision
52B-236 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

(5) Check for continuity between C-124 harness side connector


C-124 Harness side
terminals 54, 55 and body ground.
connector (front view) It should be an open circuit.
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1605 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02867AX

STEP 5. Check harness wires for short circuit to ground


between SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.54 and
55) and driver's seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-28
(terminal No.1 and 2).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and driver's seat belt pre-tensioner
connector D-28. Then go to Step 6.

STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1605 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-237

DTC B1606: Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply)

Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (LH) (Squib) Circuit

SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH

CONNECTOR SEAT BELT


LOCK PRE-TENSIONER (LH)
SWITCH

ACA02929 AB

Connector: C-124 Connector: D-28

C-124 (Y)

D-28 (B)
ACA03077AD ACA03080AO

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If DTC B1606 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
nose the CAN main bus line. between the input terminals of the driver's seat belt
pre-tensioner (squib).
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by .

detecting signals from the front impact sensors and TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an Short to the power supply in the driver's seat belt
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing pre-tensioner (squib) harness
G-sensor is on, the pre-tensioner will deploy. Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

TSB Revision
52B-238 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 6.

STEP 3. Check the driver's seat belt pre-tensioner.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Seat belt pre-tensioner
(2) Disconnect driver's seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-28.
harness side connector Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at
the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in
Locking two stages, and then disconnect the connector.
button

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904862 AC

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884.


MB991884
MB991865
(Resistor harness) (4) Connect special tool MB991884 to the D-28 harness side
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1606 set?
D-28 Harness YES : Go to Step 4.
side connector
NO : Replace the driver's seat belt with pre-tensioner
AC301553DC (Refer to P.52B-401). Then go to Step 6.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-239

STEP 4. Check the driver's seat belt pre-tensioner circuit.


Measure the voltage at the SRS-ECU connector C-124.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-124 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

CAUTION
To prevent the seat belt pre-tensioner from deploying unin-
tentionally, disconnect the drivers seat belt pre-tensioner
connector D-28 to short the squib circuit.
Seat belt pre-tensioner
(3) Disconnect driver's seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-28.
harness side connector Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at
the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in
Locking two stages, and then disconnect the connector.
button

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904862 AC

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
C-124 Harness side thick] between terminals 54, 55 and the short spring to
connector (front view)
release the short spring.
Terminal
Section Cable tie (5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
A-A A (6) Ignition switch: "ON".

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905468AF

TSB Revision
52B-240 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

(7) Measure the voltage between C-124 harness side


connector terminals 54, 55 and body ground.
C-124 Harness side
connector (front view) Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.
Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1606 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02874 AJ

STEP 5. Check the harness wires for short circuit to power


supply between SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.54
and 55) and driver's seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-28
(terminal No.1 and 2).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and driver's seat belt pre-tensioner
connector D-28. Then go to Step 6.

STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1606 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-241

DTC B1609: Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Short Circuit between Squib
Circuit Terminals)

Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (RH) (Squib) Circuit

SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR SEAT BELT


LOCK PRE-TENSIONER (RH)
SWITCH

ACA02934 AB

Connector: C-125 Connector: D-03

D-03 (B)
C-125 (Y)

ACA03077AE ACA03080AP

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If DTC B1609 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
nose the CAN main bus line. between the input terminals of the passengers seat
.
belt pre-tensioner (squib).
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
Improper engaged connector or defective short
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
spring*
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
Short circuit between the passenger's seat belt
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
pre-tensioner (squib) circuit terminals
G-sensor is on, the pre-tensioner will deploy.
Damaged connector(s)
.
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

TSB Revision
52B-242 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

NOTE: *: The squib circuit connectors integrate a


"short" spring (which prevents the seat belt pre-ten-
sioner from deploying unintentionally due to static
electricity by shorting the positive wire to the ground
wire in the squib circuit when the connectors are dis-
connected) (Refer to P.52B-3). Therefore, if connec-
tor C-125 or D-03 is damaged or improperly
engaged, the short spring may not be released when
the connector is connected.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-243

STEP 3. Check SRS-ECU connector C-125 and passengers


seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-03.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
A the C-125 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

Seat belt pre-tensioner


(3) Disconnect D-03 passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner
harness side connector harness side connector, and then reconnect it. Use a
flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the connector locking
Locking button toward the arrow direction, release the lock, and
button then disconnect the connector.
(4) Connector the negative battery terminal.
(5) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
Flat-tipped
diagnostic trouble code.
screwdriver
Q: Is DTC B1609 set?
AC904862 AC YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : The procedure is complete. It is assumed that DTC
B1609 set because connector C-125 or D-03 was
engaged improperly.

TSB Revision
52B-244 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
A the C-125 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

Seat belt pre-tensioner


(3) Disconnect passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner connector
harness side connector D-03. Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking
button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it
Locking toward you in two stages, and then disconnect the
button connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904862 AC

(4) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884.


MB991884
MB991865
(Resistor harness) (5) Connect special tool MB991884 to the D-03 harness side
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
connector.
(6) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(7) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and then check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1609 set?
D-03 Harness YES : Go to Step 5.
side connector
NO : Replace the passenger's seat belt with pre-tensioner
AC301553DD (Refer to P.52B-401). Then go to Step 7.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-245

STEP 5. Check the passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner


circuit. Measure the resistance at the SRS-ECU connector
C-125.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-125 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To prevent the seat belt pre-tensioner from deploying
unintentionally, disconnect the passengers seat belt
pre-tensioner connector D-03 to short the squib cir-
cuit.
Seat belt pre-tensioner
(3) Disconnect passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner connector
harness side connector D-03. Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking
button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it
Locking toward you in two stages, and then disconnect the
button connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904862 AC
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
C-125 Harness side (0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
connector (front view)
released.
Terminal
Section Cable tie (4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
A-A A thick] between terminals 31, 32 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
A

Short spring
4 mm or more AC905468AG

(5) Check for continuity between C-125 harness side connector


C-125 Harness side terminals 31 and 32.
connector (front view) It should be an open circuit.
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1609 set, replace
the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go to Step
7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
ACA02867AZ

TSB Revision
52B-246 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 6. Check the harness for short circuit between


SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.31 and 32) and
passengers seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-03
(terminal No.2 and 1).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 and passengers seat belt
pre-tensioner connector D-03. Then go to Step 7.

STEP 7. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1609 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1C49: Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)

Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (RH) (Squib) Circuit

SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR SEAT BELT


LOCK PRE-TENSIONER (RH)
SWITCH

ACA02934 AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-247
Connector: C-125 Connector: D-03

D-03 (B)
C-125 (Y)

ACA03077AE ACA03080AP

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If DTC B1C49 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
nose the CAN main bus line. between the input terminals of the passenger's seat
belt pre-tensioner (squib).
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by .

detecting signals from the front impact sensors and TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is Open circuit in the passenger's seat belt pre-ten-
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an sioner (squib) circuit
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing Improper connector contact
G-sensor is on, the pre-tensioner will deploy. Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
52B-248 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

STEP 3. Check the passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Seat belt pre-tensioner
(2) Disconnect passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner connector
harness side connector D-03. Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking
button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it
Locking toward you in two stages, and then disconnect the
button connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904862 AC

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884.


MB991884
MB991865
(Resistor harness) (4) Connect special tool MB991884 to the D-03 harness side
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and then check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1C49 set?
D-03 Harness YES : Go to Step 4.
side connector
NO : Replace the passenger's seat belt with pre-tensioner
AC301553DD (Refer to P.52B-401). Then go to Step 5.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-249

STEP 4. Check the harness for open circuit between


SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.31 and 32) and the
passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-03
(terminal No.2 and 1).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-125 SRS-ECU connector.
DANGER
To prevent the seat belt pre-tensioner from deploying
unintentionally, disconnect the drivers seat belt
pre-tensioner connector D-03 to short the squib cir-
Lock lever cuit.
AC905015 AC

Seat belt pre-tensioner


(3) Disconnect passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner connector
harness side connector D-03. Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking
button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it
Locking toward you in two stages, and then disconnect the
button connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904862 AC
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
C-125 Harness side (0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
connector (front view)
released.
Terminal
Section Cable tie (4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
A-A A thick] between terminals 31, 32 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
A

Short spring
4 mm or more AC905468AG

MB991884
(5) Connect D-03 harness side connector to special tool
(Resistor harness) MB991884.

D-03 Harness
side connector
AC201287 FZ

TSB Revision
52B-250 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Resistor harness (6) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
side connector should be less than 2 ohms.
SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.31) and the
C-125 Harness side special tool (terminal No.1)
connector (front view)
SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.32) and the
special tool (terminal No.2)
Q: Does continuity exist?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1C49 sets,
AC608812JU replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 passengers seat belt pre-tensioner
connector D-03. Then go to Step 5.

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1C49 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-251

DTC B1C47: Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (squib) system (shorted to squib circuit
Ground)

Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (RH) (Squib) Circuit

SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR SEAT BELT


LOCK PRE-TENSIONER (RH)
SWITCH

ACA02934 AB

Connector: C-125 Connector: D-03

D-03 (B)
C-125 (Y)

ACA03077AE ACA03080AP

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If DTC B1C47 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
nose the CAN main bus line. between the input terminals of the passenger's seat
belt pre-tensioner (squib).
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by .

detecting signals from the front impact sensors and TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an Short to the ground in the passenger's seat belt
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing pre-tensioner (squib) harness
G-sensor is on, the pre-tensioner will deploy. Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

TSB Revision
52B-252 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-253

STEP 3. Check the passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Seat belt pre-tensioner
(2) Disconnect passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner connector
harness side connector D-03. Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking
button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it
Locking toward you in two stages, and then disconnect the
button connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904862 AC

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884.


MB991884
MB991865
(Resistor harness) (4) Connect special tool MB991884 to the D-03 harness side
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and then check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1C47 set?
D-03 Harness YES : Go to Step 4.
side connector
NO : Replace the passenger's seat belt with pre-tensioner
AC301553DD (Refer to P.52B-401). Then go to Step 6.

TSB Revision
52B-254 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner


circuit. Measure the resistance at the SRS-ECU connector
C-125.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-125 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To prevent the seat belt pre-tensioner from deploying
unintentionally, disconnect the passengers seat belt
pre-tensioner connector D-03 to short the squib cir-
cuit.
Seat belt pre-tensioner
(3) Disconnect passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner connector
harness side connector D-03. Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking
button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it
Locking toward you in two stages, and then disconnect the
button connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904862 AC
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
C-125 Harness side (0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
connector (front view)
released.
Terminal
Section Cable tie (4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
A-A A thick] between terminals 31, 32 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
A

Short spring
4 mm or more AC905468AG

(5) Check for continuity between C-125 harness side connector


C-125 Harness side
terminals 31, 32 and body ground.
connector (front view) It should be an open circuit.
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1C47 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02867BA

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-255

STEP 5. Check harness wires for short circuit to ground


between SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.31 and
32) and passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner connector
D-03 (terminal No.2 and 1).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 and passenger's seat belt
pre-tensioner connector D-03. Then go to Step 6.

STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1C47 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1612: Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit
Power Supply)

Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (RH) (Squib) Circuit

SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR SEAT BELT


LOCK PRE-TENSIONER (RH)
SWITCH

ACA02934 AB

TSB Revision
52B-256 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Connector: C-125 Connector: D-03

D-03 (B)
C-125 (Y)

ACA03077AE ACA03080AP

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If DTC B1612 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
nose the CAN main bus line. between the input terminals of the passenger's seat
belt pre-tensioner (squib).
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by .

detecting signals from the front impact sensors and TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an Short to the power supply in the passenger's seat
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing belt pre-tensioner (squib) harness
G-sensor is on, the pre-tensioner will deploy. Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-257

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

STEP 3. Check the passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Seat belt pre-tensioner
(2) Disconnect passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner connector
harness side connector D-03. Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking
button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it
Locking toward you in two stages, and then disconnect the
button connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904862 AC

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884.


MB991884
MB991865
(Resistor harness) (4) Connect special tool MB991884 to the D-03 harness side
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and then check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1612 set?
D-03 Harness YES : Go to Step 4.
side connector
NO : Replace the passenger's seat belt with pre-tensioner
AC301553DD (Refer to P.52B-401). Then go to Step 6.

TSB Revision
52B-258 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner


circuit. Measure the voltage at the SRS-ECU connector
C-125.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-125 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To prevent the seat belt pre-tensioner from deploying
unintentionally, disconnect the passengers seat belt
pre-tensioner connector D-03 to short the squib cir-
cuit.
Seat belt pre-tensioner
(3) Disconnect passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner connector
harness side connector D-03. Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking
button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it
Locking toward you in two stages, and then disconnect the
button connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904862 AC
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
C-125 Harness side (0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
connector (front view)
released.
Terminal
Section Cable tie (4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
A-A A thick] between terminals 31, 32 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
A (5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Ignition switch: "ON".

Short spring
4 mm or more AC905468AG

(7) Measure the voltage between C-125 harness side


C-125 Harness side
connector terminals 31, 32 and body ground.
connector (front view) Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.
Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1612 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02874 AK

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-259

STEP 5. Check the harness wires for short circuit to power


supply between SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.31
and 32) and passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner connector
D-03 (terminal No.2 and 1).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 and passenger's seat belt
pre-tensioner connector D-03. Then go to Step 6.

STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1612 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1617: Roll Over Sensor Malfunction

CAUTION
If DTCs is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose
the CAN main bus line.
.

TROUBLE JUDGMENT
The above DTC is set if an abnormality is detected in the circuit
inside the SRS-ECU.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

TSB Revision
52B-260 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line. (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(2) Check if the DTC is set.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC output regardless of "Active" or "Stored"
faults?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-261

DTC B1631: Driver's Knee Air Bag (Squib) System (Short Circuit Between Squib Circuit Terminals)

Knee Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit

SRS-ECU

NOTE
: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF

DRIVER'S KNEE AIR BAG


MODULE (SQUIB)

ACA02938 AB

Connector: C-126 Connector: C-223

C-126 (Y) C-223 (B)

ACA03077AB ACA03076 AC

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If DTC B1631 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
nose the CAN main bus line. between the input terminals of the knee air bag mod-
ule (squib).
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by .

detecting signals from the front impact sensors and TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is Improper engaged connector or defective short
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an spring*
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing Short circuit between the knee air bag module
G-sensor is on, the knee air bag module will deploy. (squib) circuit terminals
Damaged connector(s)

TSB Revision
52B-262 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

NOTE: *: The squib circuit connectors integrate a


"short" spring (which prevents the knee air bag mod-
ule from deploying unintentionally due to static elec-
tricity by shorting the positive wire to the ground wire
in the squib circuit when the connectors are discon-
nected) (Refer to P.52B-3). Therefore, if connector
C-126 or C-223 is damaged or improperly engaged,
the short spring may not be released when the con-
nector is connected.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2 .
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3 .
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-263

STEP 3. Check SRS-ECU connector C-126 and Knee air


bag module connector C-223.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
A the C-126 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(3) Disconnect C-223 driver's knee air bag module harness


Harness side
connector
side connector, and then reconnect it. Use a flat-tipped
Locking button screwdriver to pull out the connector locking button toward
Pre-tensioner the arrow direction, release the lock, and then disconnect
the connector.
(4) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(5) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
Flat-tipped diagnostic trouble code.
screwdriver Q: Is DTC B1631 set?
AC609126AC YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : The procedure is complete. It is assumed that DTC
B1631 set because connector C-126 or C-223 was
engaged improperly.

STEP 4. Check the knee air bag module.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect knee air bag module connector C-223. Use a
Harness side
connector
flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the
Locking button harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two
Pre-tensioner stages, and then disconnect the connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC

MB991884
(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884.
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 ) (Resistor harness) (4) Connect the resistor harness to the C-223 harness side
connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and then check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1C36 set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
C-223 Harness side NO : Replace the drivers knee air bag module (Refer to
connector
AC301553DG P.52B-386. Then go to Step 7.

TSB Revision
52B-264 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Check the knee air bag module circuit. Measure


the resistance at the SRS-ECU connector C-126.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To prevent the knee air bag module from deploying
unintentionally, disconnect the knee air bag module
connector C-223 to short the squib circuit.
(3) Disconnect knee air bag module connector C-223. Use a
Harness side
connector
flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the
Locking button harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two
Pre-tensioner stages, and then disconnect the connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view) (0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
Terminal released.
Section
Cable tie (4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
A-A A thick] between terminals 1, 2 and the short spring to release
the short spring.
A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905150 AF

(5) Check for continuity between C-126 harness side connector


terminals 1 and 2.
C-126 Harness side It should be an open circuit.
connector (front view)
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1631 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
ACA02867BB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-265

STEP 6. Check the harness for short circuit between


SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.1 and 2) and knee
air bag module connector C-223 (terminal No.1 and 2).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and knee air bag module connector
C-223. Then go to Step 7.

STEP 7. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1C36 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1632: Driver's Knee Air Bag (Squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)

Knee Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit

SRS-ECU

NOTE
: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF

DRIVER'S KNEE AIR BAG


MODULE (SQUIB)

ACA02938 AB

TSB Revision
52B-266 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Connector: C-126 Connector: C-223

C-126 (Y) C-223 (B)

ACA03077AB ACA03076 AC

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If DTC B1632 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
nose the CAN main bus line. between the input terminals of the knee air bag mod-
ule (squib).
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by .

detecting signals from the front impact sensors and TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is Improper connector contact
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an Open circuit in the knee air bag module (squib)
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing circuit
G-sensor is on, the knee air bag module will deploy. Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-267

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

STEP 3. Check the knee air bag module.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect knee air bag module connector C-223. Use a
Harness side
connector
flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the
Locking button harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two
Pre-tensioner stages, and then disconnect the connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC

MB991884
(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884.
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 ) (Resistor harness) (4) Connect special tool MB991884 to the C-223 harness side
connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and then check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1632 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
C-223 Harness side NO : Replace the driver's knee air bag module (Refer to
connector
AC301553DG P.52B-386). Then go to Step 5.

TSB Revision
52B-268 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the harness for open circuit between


SRS-ECU connector C-126 and the knee air bag module
C-223.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To prevent the knee air bag module from deploying
unintentionally, disconnect the knee air bag module
connector C-223 to short the squib circuit.
(3) Disconnect knee air bag module connector C-223. Use a
Harness side
connector
flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the
Locking button harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two
Pre-tensioner stages, and then disconnect the connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view) (0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
Terminal released.
Section
Cable tie (4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
A-A A thick] between terminals 1, 2 and the short spring to release
the short spring.
A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905150 AF

(5) Connect C-223 harness side connector to special tool


MB991884
(Resistor harness) MB991884.

C-223
Harness side
connector
AC201287 GB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-269
(6) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
Resistor harness
side connector should be less than 2 ohms.
C-126 Harness side SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.1) and the spe-
connector (front view)
cial tool (terminal No.2)
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.2) and the spe-
cial tool (terminal No.1)
Q: Does continuity exist?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and
recheck if any DTC set. If DTC B1632 set, replace the
ACA02867BC SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and knee air bag module connector
C-223. Then go to Step 5.

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1632 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1633: Driver's Knee Air Bag (Squib) System (Shorted To Squib Circuit Ground)

Knee Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit

SRS-ECU

NOTE
: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF

DRIVER'S KNEE AIR BAG


MODULE (SQUIB)

ACA02938 AB

TSB Revision
52B-270 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Connector: C-126 Connector: C-223

C-126 (Y) C-223 (B)

ACA03077AB ACA03076 AC

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If DTC B1633 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
nose the CAN main bus line. between the input terminals of the knee air bag mod-
ule (squib).
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by .

detecting signals from the front impact sensors and TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an Short to the ground in the knee air bag module
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing (squib) harness
G-sensor is on, the knee air bag module will deploy. Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-271

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

STEP 3. Check the Knee air bag module.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect knee air bag module connector C-223. Use a
Harness side
connector
flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the
Locking button harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two
Pre-tensioner stages, and then disconnect the connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884.


MB991884
MB991865
(Resistor harness) (4) Connect special tool MB991884 to the C-223 harness side
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1633 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
C-223 Harness side NO : Replace the drivers knee air bag module (Refer to
connector
AC301553DK P.52B-386). Then go to Step 6.

TSB Revision
52B-272 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the knee air bag module circuit. Measure


the resistance at the SRS-ECU connector C-126.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To prevent the knee air bag module from deploying
unintentionally, disconnect the knee air bag module
connector C-223 to short the squib circuit.
(3) Disconnect knee air bag module connector C-223. Use a
Harness side
connector
flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the
Locking button harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two
Pre-tensioner stages, and then disconnect the connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view) (0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
Terminal released.
Section
Cable tie (4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
A-A A thick] between terminals 1, 2 and the short spring to release
the short spring.
A

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905150 AF

(5) Check for continuity between C-126 harness side connector


terminals 1, 2 and body ground.
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view) It should be an open circuit.
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1633 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02867BD

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-273

STEP 5. Check harness wires for short circuit to ground


between SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.1 and 2)
and knee air bag module connector C-223 (terminal No.1
and 2).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and knee air bag module connector
C-223. Then go to Step 6.

STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1633 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1634: Driver's Knee Air Bag (Squib) System (Shorted To Squib Circuit Power Supply)

Knee Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit

SRS-ECU

NOTE
: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF

DRIVER'S KNEE AIR BAG


MODULE (SQUIB)

ACA02938 AB

TSB Revision
52B-274 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Connector: C-126 Connector: C-223

C-126 (Y) C-223 (B)

ACA03077AB ACA03076 AC

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If DTC B1B11 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
nose the CAN main bus line. between the input terminals of the knee air bag mod-
ule (squib).
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by .

detecting signals from the front impact sensors and TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an Short to power supply in the knee air bag module
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing (squib) harness
G-sensor is on, the knee air bag module will deploy. Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-275

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

STEP 3. Check the knee air bag module.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect knee air bag module connector C-223. Use a
Harness side
connector
flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the
Locking button harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two
Pre-tensioner stages, and then disconnect the connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884.


MB991884
MB991865
(Resistor harness) (4) Connect special tool MB991884 to the C-223 harness side
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1634 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
C-223 Harness side NO : Replace the drivers knee air bag module (Refer to
connector
AC301553DK P.52B-386). Then go to Step 6.

TSB Revision
52B-276 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the knee air bag module circuit. Measure


the voltage at the SRS-ECU connector C-126.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER
To prevent the knee air bag module from deploying
unintentionally, disconnect the knee air bag module
connector C-223 to short the squib circuit.
(3) Disconnect knee air bag module connector C-223. Use a
Harness side
connector
flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the
Locking button harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two
Pre-tensioner stages, and then disconnect the connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view) (0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
Terminal released.
Section
Cable tie (4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
A-A A thick] between terminals 1, 2 and the short spring to release
the short spring.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
A
(6) Ignition switch: ON.

4 mm or more Short spring


AC905150 AF

(7) Measure the voltage between C-126 harness side


connector terminals 1, 2 and body ground.
C-126 Harness side Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.
connector (front view)
Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1B11 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02874 AL

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-277

STEP 5. Check the harness wires for short circuit to power


supply between SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.1
and 2) and knee air bag module connector C-223 (terminal
No.1 and 2).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and knee air bag module connector
C-223. Then go to Step 6.

STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1634 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1699: SRS-ECU collective deployment


.

CAUTION TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


If DTC B1699 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diag- Malfunction of the CAN bus line
nose the CAN main bus line. Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
.

TROUBLE JUDGMENT
This DTC is set when the air bags have deployed
simultaneously. If this DTC is set before the air bags
have deployed, an internal failure may have occurred
in the SRS-ECU.

DTC B2206: Chassis No. mismatch


.

CAUTION TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


If the DTC B2206 is set to SRS-ECU, be sure to Chassis number not written
diagnose the CAN bus line. Installation of SRS-ECU removed from another
vehicle
.

DTC SET CONDITION


Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
If the registered chassis number is different from the
Malfunction of engine-ECU
chassis number transmitted on the CAN bus lines,
Malfunction of CAN bus line
the SRS-ECU sets the DTC B2206. DTC B2206 will
also be set when the SRS-ECU that has been
removed from another vehicle is installed.

TSB Revision
52B-278 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B222C: Coding Data not Written


.

CAUTION TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


If DTC B222C is set, diagnose the CAN bus lines. Malfunction of SRS-ECU
.

DTC SET CONDITION


If the SRS-ECU is in the initial state or the local cod-
ing is incomplete, the SRS-ECU sets DTC B222C.

DTC B223B: Defective Coding Data

CAUTION TROUBLE JUDGEMENT


If DTC B223B is set to SRS-ECU, be sure to diag- This code will be set when the coded components do
nose the CAN bus line. not correspond to the vehicle specification.(the com-
.
ponents to be checked are squib, impact sensor and
FUNCTION passenger's airbag cutoff switch).Furthermore, this
The SRS-ECU will set DTC B223B when compo- code will also be set when the front and side impact
nent(s) other than those coded in the ECU is con- sensors are interchanged.
nected to the ECU.
.

.
PROBABLE CAUSES
SRS-ECU incorrectly installed
Squib specification mismatch
Impact sensor improperly installed
Passenger's airbag cut off switch improperly
installed
Front and side impact sensors interchanged

DTC U0019: Bus Off (CAN-B)


.

CAUTION JUDGMENT CRITERIA


If the DTC U0019 is set, be sure to diagnose Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
the CAN main bus line. SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
When replacing the ECU, always check that data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
the communication circuit is normal. abnormality is present.
.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION .

If the CAN-B circuit malfunction occurs, the TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


SRS-ECU sets the DTC U0019. The CAN bus line may be defective

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-279
DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
(1) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(2) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2 .
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC U0141: ETACS CAN Timeout

CAUTION JUDGEMENT CRITERIA


If the DTC U0141 is set, be sure to diagnose Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
the CAN main bus line. SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
When replacing the ECU, always check that data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
the communication circuit is normal. abnormality is present.
.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
If the signal from ETACS-ECU cannot be received, The CAN bus line may be defective
the SRS-ECU sets the DTC U0141. The ETACS-ECU may be defective
.
The SRS-ECU may be defective

TSB Revision
52B-280 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the ETACS-ECU


diagnostic trouble code
Check again if the DTC is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the ETACS-ECU. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.

STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic


trouble code No. U0141 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0141 is set in occupant classification-ECU,
combination meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN box
unit, radio and CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 54A,
ETACS ETACS-ECU P.54A-768).
NO : Go to Step 4.

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-281

DTC U0154: Occupant Classification-ECU CAN Timeout

CAUTION JUDGMENT CRITERIA


If the DTC U0154 is set, be sure to diagnose Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
the CAN main bus line. SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
When replacing the ECU, always check that data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
the communication circuit is normal. abnormality is present.
.

DTC SET CONDITION


.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
When the signals from occupant classification-ECU
The CAN bus line may be defective
cannot be received, the SRS-ECU sets the DTC The occupant classification-ECU may be defec-
U0154. tive
.
The SRS-ECU may be defective

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line. (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the occupant


classification-ECU diagnostic trouble code.
Check if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC 5 set?
YES : Carry out troubleshooting of the occupant
classification-ECU or the occupant classification
sensor system (Refer to P.52B-292). Then go to Step
4.
NO : Go to Step 3.

TSB Revision
52B-282 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic


trouble code No. U0154 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0154 is set in ETACS-ECU, combination
meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, radio and CD player, sat-
ellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : Go to Step 4.

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).

DTC U0155: Combination Meter CAN Timeout

CAUTION JUDGEMENT CRITERIA


If the DTC U0155 is set, be sure to diagnose Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
the CAN main bus line. SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
When replacing the ECU, always check that data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
the communication circuit is normal. abnormality is present.
.

TROUBLE JUDGEMENT
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
If the signal from combination meter cannot be
The CAN bus line may be defective
received, the SRS-ECU sets the DTC U0155. The combination meter may be defective
.
The SRS-ECU may be defective

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-283
DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the combination


meter diagnostic trouble code
Check if DTC is set to the combination meter.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the combination meter. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.

STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic


trouble code No. U0155 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0155 is set in ETACS-ECU, occupant clas-
sification-ECU, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN box unit,
radio and CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the combination meter (Refer to GROUP
54A, Combination Meter P.54A-122).
NO : Go to Step 4.

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-284 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC U0164: A/C-ECU CAN Timeout

CAUTION JUDGEMENT CRITERIA


If the DTC U0164 is set, be sure to diagnose Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
the CAN main bus line. SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
When replacing the ECU, always check that data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
the communication circuit is normal. abnormality is present.
.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
If the signal from A/C-ECU cannot be received, the
The CAN bus line may be defective
SRS-ECU sets the DTC U0164. The A/C-ECU may be defective
.
The SRS-ECU may be defective

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III) P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the A/C


diagnostic trouble code
Check if DTC is set to the A/C-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the A/C. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.

STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic


trouble code No. U0164 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0164 is set in ETACS-ECU, occupant clas-
sification-ECU, combination meter, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN
box unit, radio and CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the A/C-ECU (Refer to GROUP 55A,
A/C-ECU P.55A-116).
NO : Go to Step 4.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-285

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).

DTC U0168: U0168 KOS/WCM CAN Timeout

CAUTION JUDGEMENT CRITERIA


If DTC U0168 is set, be sure to diagnose the Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
CAN bus line. SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
When replacing the ECU, always check that data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
the communication circuit is normal. abnormality is present.
.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
If the signal from KOS-ECU or WCM cannot be
Malfunction of CAN bus line may be defective.
received, the SRS-ECU sets the DTC U0168.
Malfunction of the KOS-ECU may be defective.
.
Malfunction of the WCM may be defective.
Malfunction of SRS-ECU may be defective.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III) P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
52B-286 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the KOS-ECU or


WCM diagnostic trouble code
Check again if the DTC is set to the KOS-ECU or WCM.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the KOS or WCM. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.

STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic


trouble code No. U0168 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0168 is set in ETACS-ECU, occupant clas-
sification-ECU, combination meter, A/C-ECU, CAN box unit,
radio and CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the KOS -ECU (Refer to GROUP 42B,
KOS-ECU P.42B-218) or WCM (Refer to GROUP
42C, WCM P.42C-93).
NO : Go to Step 4.

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).

DTC U0184: Audio CAN Timeout

CAUTION JUDGEMENT CRITERIA


If the DTC U0184 is set, be sure to diagnose Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
the CAN main bus line. SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
When replacing the ECU, always check that data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
the communication circuit is normal. abnormality is present.
.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
When the signals from radio and CD player or CD The CAN bus line may be defective
changer cannot be received, the SRS-ECU sets the
The radio and CD player or CD changer may be
DTC U0184. defective
.
The SRS-ECU may be defective

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-287
DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the audio


diagnostic trouble code
Check if the DTC is set to the audio.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the radio and CD player. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.

STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic


trouble code No. U0184 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0184 is set in ETACS-ECU, occupant clas-
sification-ECU, combination meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or
WCM, radio and CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the radio and CD player (Refer to GROUP
54A, Radio and CD player P.54A-399).
NO : Go to Step 4.

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-288 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC U0195: Satellite Radio Tuner CAN Timeout

CAUTION JUDGMENT CRITERIA


If the DTC U0195 is set in the occupant classi- Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
fication-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to per-
bus lines. form the normal data transmission, occupant classifi-
When replacing the ECU, always check that cation-ECU determines that an abnormality is
the communication circuit is normal. present.
.

TROUBLE JUDGMENT
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
If the signal from satellite radio tuner cannot be The CAN bus may be defective.
received, the occupant classification-ECU sets the The satellite radio tuner may be defective.
DTC U0195.
The occupant classification-ECU may be defec-
.
tive.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the satellite radio


tuner diagnostic trouble code.
Check if DTC is set to the satellite radio tuner.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the satellite radio tuner. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.

STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic


trouble code No. U0195 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0195 is set in ETACS-ECU, occupant clas-
sification-ECU, combination meter, KOS-ECU or WCM,
A/C-ECU, CAN box unit, radio and CD player, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the satellite radio tuner (Refer to GROUP
54A, Satellite Radio Tuner P.54A-641).
NO : Go to Step 4.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-289

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica-
tion-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC U0245: MMCS CAN Timeout

CAUTION JUDGEMENT CRITERIA


If the DTC U0245 is set, diagnose the CAN bus Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
lines. SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
When replacing the ECU, always check that data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
the SRS circuit is normal. abnormality is present.
.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
If the signal from ETACS-ECU cannot be received, Malfunction of CAN bus line
the SRS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. U0245. Malfunction of SRS-ECU
.
Malfunction of the audio visual navigation unit

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
52B-290 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the audio


diagnostic trouble code
Check if the DTC is set to the audio.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the MMCS. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.

STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic


trouble code No. U0245 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0245 is set in ETACS-ECU, occupant clas-
sification-ECU, combination meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or
WCM, radio and CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the MMCS (Refer to GROUP 54A,
P.54A-507).
NO : Go to Step 4.

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).

DTC U1000: OSS-ECU CAN Timeout


.

CAUTION JUDGEMENT CRITERIA


If the DTC U1000 is set, diagnose the CAN bus Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
lines. SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
When replacing the ECU, always check that data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
the SRS circuit is normal. abnormality is present.
.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION .

If the signal from combination meter cannot be TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


received, the SRS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. Malfunction of CAN bus line
U1000. Malfunction of SRS-ECU
Malfunction of the OSS-ECU

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-291
DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the OSS-ECU


diagnostic trouble code
Check if the DTC is set to the OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the OSS. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.

STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic


trouble code No. U1000 for other system.
Check if the DTC U1000 is set in ETACS-ECU, occupant clas-
sification-ECU, combination meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or
WCM, CAN box unit, radio and CD player, satellite radio tuner.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the OSS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 42B,
P.42B-224).
NO : Go to Step 4.

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-292 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART


<Occupant classification-ECU>
M1524003302427

CAUTION
During diagnosis, a DTC code associated with
another system may be set when the ignition
switch is turned on with connector(s) discon-
nected. After completing the repair, confirm all
systems for DTC code(s). If DTC code(s) are set,
erase them all.
Inspect according to the inspection chart that is
appropriate for the DTC.
Diagnostic trouble Inspection item Reference page
Code No.
B1B78 Passenger seat weight sensor (front: LH) performance P.52B-294
B1B79 Passenger seat weight sensor (ground side) short-circuited P.52B-297
(front: LH)
B1B7A Passenger seat weight sensor (power supply side) P.52B-300
short-circuited or open (front: LH)
B1B7D Passenger seat weight sensor (front: RH) performance P.52B-294
B1B7E Passenger seat weight sensor (ground side) short-circuited P.52B-297
(front: RH)
B1B7F Passenger seat weight sensor (power supply side) P.52B-300
short-circuited or open (front: RH)
B1B82 Passenger seat weight sensor (rear: LH) performance P.52B-294
B1B83 Passenger seat weight sensor (ground side) short-circuited P.52B-297
(rear: LH)
B1B84 Passenger seat weight sensor (power supply side) P.52B-300
short-circuited or open (rear: LH)
B1B87 Passenger seat weight sensor (rear: RH) performance P.52B-294
B1B88 Passenger seat weight sensor (ground side) short-circuited P.52B-297
(rear: RH)
B1B89 Passenger seat weight sensor (power supply side) P.52B-300
short-circuited or open (rear: RH)
B1B8C Driver seat slide sensor circuit performance P.52B-304
B1B8D Driver seat slide sensor open circuit P.52B-308
B1B8E Driver seat slide sensor (power supply side) short circuit P.52B-312
B1B91 Driver seat slide sensor configuration mismatch P.52B-315
B1BA7 Occupant classification system verification required P.52B-300
B1BA8 Occupant classification-ECU out of calibration/Not P.52B-317
calibrated
B1BBA Passenger seat weight sensor power supply circuit P.52B-319
B1BBC Occupant classification system negative system weight P.52B-320
B1BBD Occupant classification -ECU current configuration table P.52B-322
unprogrammed

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-293
Diagnostic trouble Inspection item Reference page
Code No.
B1C23 Passenger seat weight sensor (front: LH) configuration P.52B-323
mismatch
B1C24 Passenger seat weight sensor (front: RH) configuration P.52B-323
mismatch
B1C25 Passenger seat weight sensor (rear: LH) configuration P.52B-323
mismatch
B1C26 Passenger seat weight sensor (rear: RH) configuration P.52B-323
mismatch
B1CB2 Occupant classification-ECU parameter table incompatible P.52B-324
B210D Battery voltage low P.52B-325
B210E Battery voltage high P.52B-325
B2206 Chassis number does not match P.52B-329
B2212 Occupant classification-ECU internal failure P.52B-324
B2250 Occupant classification-ECU not programmed/flash P.52B-324
required
B2262 Occupant classification-ECU electrostatic discharge event P.52B-324
detected
U0020 CAN-B Bus off performance P.52B-330
U0021 CAN-B Bus(H1) circuit open P.52B-330
U0022 CAN-B Bus(H1) shorted to circuit ground P.52B-330
U0023 CAN-B Bus(H1) shorted to circuit power supply P.52B-330
U0024 CAN-B Bus(L0) circuit open P.52B-330
U0025 CAN-B Bus(L0) shorted to circuit ground P.52B-330
U0026 CAN-B Bus(L0) shorted to circuit power supply P.52B-330
U0141 ETACS CAN timeout P.52B-331
U0151 SRS-ECU CAN timeout P.52B-333
U0155 Combination meter CAN timeout P.52B-334
U0164 A/C-ECU CAN timeout P.52B-335
U0168 KOS-ECU or WCM CAN timeout P.52B-337
U0184 Audio CAN timeout P.52B-338
U0195 Satellite radio tuner CAN timeout P.52B-340
U0245 Audio visual navigation unit CAN timeout P.52B-341
U1000 OSS-ECU CAN timeout P.52B-342
U1419 The signal from a weight sensor (front: LH) is unusual P.52B-344
U141A The signal from a weight sensor (front: RH) is unusual P.52B-344
U141B The signal from a weight sensor (rear: LH) is unusual P.52B-344
U141C The signal from a weight sensor (rear: RH) is unusual P.52B-344
U1423 The signal from a weight sensor is unusual P.52B-344

TSB Revision
52B-294 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE PROCEDURES <OCCUPANT


CLASSIFICATION-ECU>

DTC B1B78: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (front: LH) Performance


DTC B1B7D: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (front: RH) Performance
DTC B1B82: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (rear: LH) Performance
DTC B1B87: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (rear: RH) Performance

FRONT SEAT
ASSEMBLY (RH)

WEIGHT SENSOR WEIGHT SENSOR


(FRONT: LH) (FRONT: RH)

OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATION-
ECU

WEIGHT SENSOR WEIGHT SENSOR


(REAR: LH) (REAR: RH)

ACA02984 AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-295
Connectors: D-48-1, D-48-3, D-48-4, D-48-5, CIRCUIT OPERATION
D-48-6 The load data from the weight sensor is classified
with the occupant classification-ECU, and its classi-
fied information is send to SRS-ECU by CAN bus
D-48-5
line. The SRS-ECU determines the air bag deploy-
ment based on this classified information, and con-
trols the power supply circuit to the inflator.
D-48-3
D-48-2 .

D-48-6
D-48-1 DTC SET CONDITIONS
D-48-4 ACA03524 AC This DTC is set if the weight sensor output voltage is
CAUTION out of the range (guideline: 1 to 3.5 V).
If DTC B1B78, B1B7D, B1B82 or B1B87 is set in .

the occupant classification-ECU, always diag- TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


nose the CAN main bus lines. The weight sensor may be defective.
.
Occupant classification-ECU may be defective.
The wiring harness or connectors may have
loose, corroded, or damaged terminals, or termi-
nals pushed back in the connector

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-296 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check occupant classification-ECU connector


D-48-1 and weight sensor connector D-48-3, D-48-4, D-48-5
or D-48-6 for loose, corroded or damaged terminals, or
terminals pushed back in the connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the component(s) (Refer to GROUP 00E,
Harness Connector Inspection P.00E-2).

STEP 4. Check the wiring harness between occupant


classification-ECU connector D-48-1 (terminal 3, 5, 7, and
9) and weight sensors D-48-3, D-48-4, D-48-5, and D-48-6
(terminal 3).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : The wiring harness may be damaged or the
connector(s) may have loose, corroded or damaged
terminals, or terminals pushed back in the connector.
Repair the wiring harness as necessary.

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica-
tion-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-297

DTC B1B79: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (ground side) Short-circuited (front: LH)
DTC B1B7E: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (ground side) Short-circuited (front: RH)
DTC B1B83: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (ground side) Short-circuited (rear: LH)
DTC B1B88: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (ground side) Short-circuited (rear: RH)

FRONT SEAT
ASSEMBLY (RH)

WEIGHT SENSOR WEIGHT SENSOR


(FRONT: LH) (FRONT: RH)

OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATION-
ECU

WEIGHT SENSOR WEIGHT SENSOR


(REAR: LH) (REAR: RH)

ACA02984 AB

TSB Revision
52B-298 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Connector: D-48-1 CIRCUIT OPERATION


The load data from the weight sensor is classified
with the occupant classification-ECU, and its classi-
fied information is send to SRS-ECU by CAN bus
line. The SRS-ECU determines the air bag deploy-
ment based on this classified information, and con-
trols the power supply circuit to the inflator.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


ACA03524 AD This DTC is see if the weight sensor wire are
CAUTION short-circuited to the ground.
If DTC B1B79, B1B7E, B1B83 or B1B88 is set in .

the occupant classification-ECU, always diag- TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


nose the CAN main bus lines. Disengaged wire harnesses or connector
.
Short to the ground in the weight sensor harness
Malfunction of the weight sensor
Malfunction of the occupant classification-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-299

STEP 3. Measure the resistance at occupant


classification-ECU connector D-48-1.
(1) Disconnect the connector D-48-1.
(2) Disconnect weight sensor connector D-48-3, D-48-4,
D-48-5 or D-48-6.
D-48-1 Harness side
(3) Check for continuity between D-48-1 harness side
connector (front view) connector terminals 1, 3, 5, 7, 9 and body ground.
It should be open circuit.
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-1 terminals 3, 5, 9,
7 and weight sensor connector D-48-3, 4, 5, 6
terminals 3 (signal line) or occupant
AC608812JW classification-ECU connector D-48-1 terminals 1 and
weight sensor connector D-48-3 terminals 2 (power
supply line). Then go to Step 4.

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTCs B1B79, B1B7E, B1B83, B1B88 set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-300 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1B7A: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (power supply side) Short-circuited or Open (front: LH)
DTC B1B7F: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (power supply side) Short-circuited or Open (front: RH)
DTC B1B84: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (power supply side) Short-circuited or Open (rear: LH)
DTC B1B89: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (power supply side) Short-circuited or Open (rear: RH)

FRONT SEAT
ASSEMBLY (RH)

WEIGHT SENSOR WEIGHT SENSOR


(FRONT: LH) (FRONT: RH)

OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATION-
ECU

WEIGHT SENSOR WEIGHT SENSOR


(REAR: LH) (REAR: RH)

ACA02984 AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-301
Connectors: D-48-1, D-48-3, D-48-4, D-48-5, CIRCUIT OPERATION
D-48-6 The load data from the weight sensor is classified
with the occupant classification-ECU, and its classi-
fied information is send to SRS-ECU by CAN bus
D-48-5
line. The SRS-ECU determines the air bag deploy-
ment based on this classified information, and con-
trols the power supply circuit to the inflator.
D-48-3
D-48-2 .

D-48-6
D-48-1 DTC SET CONDITIONS
D-48-4 ACA03524 AC This DTC is set if the weight sensor wire are
CAUTION short-circuited to the power supply.
If DTC B1B7A, B1B7F, B1B84 or B1B89 is set in This DTC is set if the weight sensor wire are open
the occupant classification-ECU, always diag- circuit
nose the CAN main bus lines.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to the power supply in the weight sensor harness
Open circuit in the weight sensor harness
Malfunction of the weight sensor
Malfunction of the occupant classification-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
52B-302 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTCs set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

STEP 3. Measure the voltage at occupant


classification-ECU connector D-48-1.
(1) Disconnect the connector D-48-1.
(2) Disconnect weight sensor connector D-48-3, D-48-4,
D-48-5 or D-48-6.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(4) Measure the voltage between terminals 1, 3, 5, 7, 9 and
D-48-1 Harness side
connector (front view) body ground.
Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.
Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-1 terminals 3, 5, 9,
7 and weight sensor connector D-48-3, 4, 5, 6
terminals 3 (signal line) or occupant
AC608813 CO classification-ECU connector D-48-1 terminals 1 and
weight sensor connector D-48-3 terminals 2 (power
supply line). Then go to Step 4.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-303

STEP 4. Check the harness open circuit between occupant


classification-ECU connector D-48-1 and weight sensor
connector D-48-3, D-48-4, D-48-5 or D-48-6.
(1) Disconnect occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-1
D-48-1 Harness side
D-48-3, D-48-4,
D-48-5, D-48-6
and weight sensor connector D-48-3, D-48-4, D-48-5 or
connector (front view) Harness side D-48-6.
connector
(front view) (2) Check for continuity between the following terminals.
It should be less than 2 ohms.
Occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-1 (terminal
No.3) and the weight sensor connector D-48-3 (terminal
No.3)
Occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-1 (terminal
No.5) and the weight sensor connector D-48-4 (terminal
AC608812 JZ
No.3)
Occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-1 (terminal
D-48-1 Harness side
D-48-3, D-48-4, No.7) and the weight sensor connector D-48-6 (terminal
D-48-5, D-48-6
connector (front view)
Harness side No.3)
connector Occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-1 (terminal
(front view)
No.9) and the weight sensor connector D-48-5 (terminal
No.3)
Occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-1 (terminal
No.1) and the weight sensor connector D-48-3, D-48-4,
D-48-5 and D-48-6 (terminal No.2)
AC608812JY
Occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-1 (terminal
No.12) and weight sensor connector D-48-3, D-48-4,
D-48-3, D-48-4,
D-48-5 and D-48-6 (terminal No.1)
D-48-5, D-48-6
Q: Does continuity exist?
D-48-1 Harness side Harness side
connector (front view) connector YES : Go to Step 5.
(front view)
NO : Repair the harness wires between occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-1 and weight
sensor connector D-48-3, D-48-4, D-48-5 and D-48-6.
Then go to Step 5.

AC608812 JX

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTCs B1B7A, B1B7F, B1B84, B1B89 set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-304 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1B8C: Driver Seat Slide Sensor Circuit Performance

Seat Slide Sensor Circuit

OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATION-
ECU

FRONT SEAT
ASSEMBLY (RH)

SEAT SLIDE
SENSOR
HALL IC

ACA02992 AB

Connectors: D-46, D-48 CAUTION


If DTC B1B8C is set in the occupant classifica-
tion-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.
.

D-48 CIRCUIT OPERATION


D-46 (GR) The seat slide sensor sets the current value Hi or
Low determined by the seat position.
The occupant classification-ECU determines the
seat position according to the current value from
ACA03080AS
the seat slide sensor.
Connector: D-48-2 .

DTC SET CONDITION


The DTC is set when the seat slide sensor output
current is not within the specified range.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The seat slide sensor may be defective.
The wiring harness or connectors may have
ACA03524 AE
loose, corroded, or damaged terminals, or termi-
nals pushed back in the connector
Malfunction of the occupant classification-ECU

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-305
DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

STEP 3. Check the occupant classification-ECU connector


D-48-2, front seat assembly connector D-48 and seat slide
sensor connector D-46 for loose, corroded or damaged
terminals, or terminals pushed back in the connector.
Q: Is the occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2,
front seat assembly connector D-48 and seat slide
sensor connector D-46 in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the component(s) (Refer to GROUP 00E,
Harness Connector Inspection P.00E-2).

TSB Revision
52B-306 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the harness for open circuit between


occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2 (terminal
No.27 and 29) and the seat slide sensor connector D-46
(terminal No.2 and 1).
(1) Disconnect occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2
and seat slide sensor connector D-46.
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(2) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
D-46 Harness side should be less than 2 ohms.
connector (rear view)
D-48-2 Harness side
Occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2 (terminal
connector (rear view) No.27) and the seat slide sensor connector D-46 (termi-
nal No.2)
Occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2 (terminal
No.29) and the seat slide sensor connector D-46 (termi-
nal No.1)
Q: Does continuity exist?
AC608812KA YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-2 and seat slide
sensor connector D-46.

STEP 5. Check the seat slide sensor circuit. Measure the


resistance at occupant classification-ECU connector
D-48-2.
(1) Disconnect occupant classification connector-ECU
connector D-48-2.
(2) Disconnect seat slide sensor connector D-46.
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(3) Check for continuity between D-48-2 harness side
connector terminals 27 and 29.
D-48-2 Harness side
It should be open circuit.
connector (rear view) Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-2 and seat slide
sensor connector D-46.

AC608812KB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-307

STEP 6. Check the harness for open circuit between


occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2.
(1) Disconnect occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2
and seat slide sensor connector D-46.
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(2) Check for continuity between D-48-2 Occupant
classification-ECU connector terminals No.27, 29 and body
D-48-2 Harness side
ground.
connector (rear view) It should be open circuit.
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 7
NO : Repair the harness wires between occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-2 and seat slide
sensor connector D-46.
AC608812KC

STEP 7. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica-
tion-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the driver seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42). Then go to Step 8.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-308 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 8. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica-
tion-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1B8D: Driver Seat Slide Sensor Open Circuit

Seat Slide Sensor Circuit

OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATION-
ECU

FRONT SEAT
ASSEMBLY (RH)

SEAT SLIDE
SENSOR
HALL IC

ACA02992 AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-309
Connector: D-46 CIRCUIT OPERATION
The seat slide sensor sets the current value Hi or
Low determined by the seat position.
The occupant classification-ECU determines the
seat position according to the current value from
the seat slide sensor.
D-46 (GR)
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
ACA03080AT between the input terminals of the seat slide sen-
sor. The most likely causes for this code to be set
Connector: D-48-2
are the followings:
Open circuit in the seat slide sensor or har-
ness
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Open circuit in the seat slide sensor circuit
Disengaged seat slide sensor connector
Improper connector contact
ACA03524 AE Malfunction of the seat slide sensor
Malfunction of the occupant classification-ECU
CAUTION
If DTC B1B8D is set in the occupant classifica-
tion-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.
.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
52B-310 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

STEP 3. Check the harness for open circuit between


occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2 (terminal
No.27 and 29) and the seat slide sensor connector D-46
(terminal No.2 and 1).
(1) Disconnect occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2
and seat slide sensor connector D-46.
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(2) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
D-46 Harness side should be less than 2 ohms.
connector (rear view)
D-48-2 Harness side
Occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2 (terminal
connector (rear view) No.27) and the seat slide sensor connector D-46 (termi-
nal No.2)
Occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2 (terminal
No.29) and the seat slide sensor connector D-46 (termi-
nal No.1)
Q: Does continuity exist?
AC608812KD YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the harness wires between occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-2 and seat slide
sensor connector D-46.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-311

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica-
tion-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC B1B8D set?
YES : Replace the driver seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front seat assembly
P.52A-42). Then go to Step 5.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica-
tion-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front seat assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-312 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1B8E: Driver Seat Slide Sensor Short (Power Supply Side) Circuit

Seat Slide Sensor Circuit

OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATION-
ECU

FRONT SEAT
ASSEMBLY (RH)

SEAT SLIDE
SENSOR
HALL IC

ACA02992 AB

Connector: D-46 CAUTION


If DTC B1B8E is set in the occupant classifica-
tion-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
D-46 (GR)
The seat slide sensor sets the current value Hi or
Low determined by the seat position.
The occupant classification determines the seat
position according to the current value from the
ACA03080AT
seat slide sensor.
Connector: D-48-2 .

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is short-circuited to the power
supply between the input terminals of the seat slide
sensor.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
ACA03524 AE
Short to the power supply in the seat slide sensor
harness
Malfunction of the seat slide sensor
Malfunction of the occupant classification-ECU

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-313
DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-314 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check the seat slide sensor circuit. Measure the


voltage at the occupant classification-ECU connector
D-48-2.
(1) Disconnect occupant classification connector-ECU
connector D-48-2.
(2) Disconnect seat slide sensor connector D-46.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(4) Measure the voltage between D-48-2 harness side
D-48-2 Harness side connector terminals 27, 29 and body ground.
connector (rear view) Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.
Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.

AC608813 CP

STEP 4. Check the harness wires for short circuit to power


supply between the occupant classification-ECU
connector D-48-2 (terminal No.27 and 29) and seat slide
sensor connector D-46 (terminal No.2 and 1).
Q: Are the harness wires between occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-2 (terminal No.27
and 29) and seat slide sensor connector D-46 (terminal
No.2 and 1) in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between the occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-2 and seat slide
sensor connector D-46. Then go to Step 5.

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica-
tion-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC B1B8E set?
YES : Replace the driver seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42). Then go to Step 6.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-315

STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica-
tion-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1B91: Driver Seat Slide Sensor Configuration Mismatch

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If DTC B1B91 is set in the occupant classifica- These DTCs are set if there is an error in the coding
tion-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus data of the occupant classification-ECU.
lines. .

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of occupant classification-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
52B-316 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the driver seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1BA7: Occupant Classification System Verification Required


.

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If DTC B1BA7 is set in the occupant classifica- This DTC is set if a light impact is detected by the
tion-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus occupant classification-ECU.
lines.
. .

CIRCUIT OPERATION TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


The load data from the weight sensor is classified Malfunction of weight sensor
with the occupant classification-ECU, and its classi- Malfunction of the occupant classification-ECU
fied information is send to SRS-ECU by CAN bus
line. The SRS-ECU determines the air bag deploy-
ment based on this classified information, and con-
trols the power supply circuit to the inflator.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-317

STEP 2. Weight sensor check.


Refer to P.52B-358
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to step 3.
NO : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-46).

STEP 3. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC B1BA7 set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1BA8: Occupant classification-ECU Out of Calibration/not Calibrated


.

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITION


If DTC B1BA8 is set in the occupant classifica- This DTC is set when the 30 Kg (66 pounds) system
tion-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus and 0 Kg (0 pound) system have not been executed.
lines.
. .

CIRCUIT OPERATION TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


The load data from the weight sensor is classified Zero calibration not executed
with the occupant classification-ECU, and its classi- 30 Kg (66 pounds) system and 0 Kg (0 pound)
fied information is send to SRS-ECU by CAN bus system not executed
line. The SRS-ECU determines the air bag deploy- Malfunction of the occupant classification-ECU
ment based on this classified information, and con-
trols the power supply circuit to the inflator.

TSB Revision
52B-318 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC B1BA7 set?
YES : After executing zero calibration of the occupant
classification-ECU, execute 30 Kg (66 pounds)
system and 0 Kg (0 pound) system. Then go to Step
3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

STEP 3. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica-
tion-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-319

DTC B1BBA: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor Power Supply Circuit


.

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If DTC B1BBA is set in the occupant classifica- This DTC is set if the weight sensor power supply
tion-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line is defective.
lines.
. .

CIRCUIT OPERATION TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


The load data from the weight sensor is classified The weight sensor may be defective.
with the occupant classification-ECU, and its classi- The occupant classification-ECU may be defec-
fied information is send to SRS-ECU by CAN bus tive.
line. The SRS-ECU determines the air bag deploy- The wiring harness or connectors may have
ment based on this classified information, and con- loose, corroded, or damaged terminals, or termi-
trols the power supply circuit to the inflator. nals pushed back in the connector

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-320 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958,read the occupant


classification-ECU diagnostic trouble code.
Check if the DTC B210D or B210E is set the occupant classifi-
cation-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC B1B78, B1B7D, B1B82 or B1B87 set?
YES : Diagnose the occupant classification-ECU (Refer to
P.52B-292).
NO : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).

DTC B1BBC: Occupant Classification System Negative System Weight

CAUTION CIRCUIT OPERATION


If DTC B1BBC is set in the occupant classifica- The load data from the weight sensor is classified
tion-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus with the occupant classification-ECU, and its classi-
lines. fied information is send to SRS-ECU by CAN bus
.
line. The SRS-ECU determines the air bag deploy-
ment based on this classified information, and con-
trols the power supply circuit to the inflator.
.

DTC SET CONDITION


This DTC is set if the passenger seat weight is 15
Kg (35 pound) or less.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
An object is caught in between the passenger seat and floor.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Check for an object caught in between the


passenger seat and floor.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : It corrects.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-321

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 3. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC B1BBC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-46).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-322 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1BBD: Occupant Classification-ECU Current Configuration table Unprogrammed

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If DTC B1BBD is set in the occupant classifica- The DTC is set if the check error occurs in the coding
tion-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus data of the occupant classification-ECU.
lines.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Zero calibration not executed
The Occupant Classification-ECU may be defective.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Zero calibration of occupant classification -ECU
(2) Erase the DTC.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(4) Check if the DTC is set.
(5) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-323

DTC B1C23: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (front: LH) Configuration Mismatch
DTC B1C24: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (front: RH) Configuration Mismatch
DTC B1C25: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (rear: LH) Configuration Mismatch
DTC B1C26: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (rear: RH) Configuration Mismatch

CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS


If DTC B1C23, B1C24 B1C25, B1C26 is set in the The DTC is set if the weight sensor serial No. of the
occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose coding data in the occupant classification-ECU does
the CAN main bus lines. not match the serial No. sent from the weight sensor.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Zero calibration not executed

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Perform the zero calibration, and check the DTC
again. If the DTC is set, replace the front seat cushion
frame (RH).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-324 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1CB2: Occupant Classification-ECU Parameter Table Incompatible


DTC B2212: Occupant Classification-ECU Internal Failure
DTC B2250: Occupant Classification-ECU not Parameter Flash Required
DTC B2262: Occupant Classification-ECU Electrostatic Discharge Event Detected

CAUTION TROUBLE JUDGMENT


If DTC B1CB2, B2212, B2250, B2262 is set in the The above DTC is set if an abnormality is detected in
occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the circuit inside the occupant classification-ECU.
the CAN main bus lines. .

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the occupant classification-ECU

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-325

DTC B210D: Battery Voltage Low


DTC B210E: Battery Voltage High

Occupant Classification-ECU Power Supply Circuit

FUSIBLE
LINK 34

ETACS-ECU

FRONT SEAT
ASSEMBLY (RH)
OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATION-ECU

ACA02995 AB

Connectors: C-408, C-415 Connector: D-48-2


ETACS-ECU

C-415

C-408 (B)
ACA03524 AE
ACA03079 AC

TSB Revision
52B-326 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CAUTION TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION (COMMENT)


If DTC B210D, B210E is set in the occupant clas- The power supply fuse or the occupant classifica-
sification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main tion-ECU may have a problem.
bus lines. .

TROUBLE JUDGMENT TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


The power supply fuse may be defective.
The occupant classification-ECU sets DTC B210D if
The occupant classification-ECU may be defec-
the power supply fuse voltage decreases to the
tive.
specified value or less, and sets DTC B210E if the
The battery may be defective.
power supply fuse voltage increases to the specified
The generator may be defective.
value or more.
The wiring harness or connectors may have
.
loose, corroded, or damaged terminals, or termi-
nals pushed back in the connector

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Measure the voltage at the occupant


classification-ECU connector.
(1) Disconnect the D-48-2 occupant classification-ECU
connector.
(2) Measure the voltage between the D-48-2 harness side
D-48-2 Harness side connector terminal No. 21 and the body ground.
connector (rear view)
The voltage should measure 12 volts (battery positive
voltage).
Q: Is the measured voltage approximately 12 volts (battery
positive voltage)?
YES : Go to Step 10.
NO : Go to Step 2.

AC709344AL

STEP 2. Power supply fuse No.17 check.


Q: Is the fuse in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.

STEP 3. Wiring harness check between the C-415


ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.4 and the D-48-2
occupant classification-ECU connector terminal No. 21.
Short circuit check for SRS-ECU power supply wire
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the power supply fuse.
NO : Repair the wiring harness. And then replace the
power supply fuse.

STEP 4. Battery check.


Refer to GROUP 54A, Battery Test P.54A-10.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Charge (B210D only) or replace the battery.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-327

STEP 5. Measure the voltage at the ETACS-ECU connector.


(1) Disconnect the C-408 ETACS-ECU connector.
(2) Measure the voltage between the C-408 harness side
C-408 Harness side
connector terminal No. 1 and the body ground.
connector (rear view) The voltage should measure 12 volts (battery positive
voltage).
Q: Is the measured voltage approximately 12 volts (battery
positive voltage)?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.

AC709344 AK

STEP 6. Wiring harness check between the fusible link (34)


and the C-408 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 1.
Open circuit check for ETACS-ECU power supply wire
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 10.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.

STEP 7. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the ETACS.


CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Erase the DTC.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(4) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(5) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Diagnose the ETACS (Refer to GROUP 54A, ETACS,
Diagnosis P.54A-671).
NO : Check the input signal of ETACS-ECU ignition switch
(IG1) (Refer to GROUP 54A ETACS, Symptom
procedures P.54A-728). Than go to step 8.

TSB Revision
52B-328 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 8. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 9. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 10.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

STEP 10. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B210D or B210E set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-46).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-329

DTC B2206: Chassis number does not match

CAUTION JUDGMENT CRITERIA


If DTC B2206 is set in the occupant classifica- If the chassis number registered to occupant classifi-
tion-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus line. cation-ECU and the chassis number on CAN bus
.
lines do not match, the occupant classification-ECU
TROUBLE JUDGMENT determines that a problem has occurred.
If the registered chassis number is different from the
chassis number transmitted on the CAN bus lines,
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
the occupant classification-ECU sets the DTC
Chassis number not written
B2206.
The occupant classification-ECU may be defec-
.
tive.
The CAN bus line may be defective.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III) P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Accuracy check is performed. Then go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica-
tion-ECU.
(1) Zero calibration of occupant classification-ECU.
(2) Erase the DTC.
(3) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(4) Check if DTC is set.
(5) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-330 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC U0020: CAN-B Bus Off Performance


DTC U0021: CAN-B Bus(H1) Circuit Open
DTC U0022: CAN-B Bus(H1) Shorted to Circuit Ground
DTC U0023: CAN-B Bus(H1) Shorted to Circuit Power Supply
DTC U0024: CAN-B Bus(L0) Circuit Open
DTC U0025: CAN-B Bus(L0) Shorted to Circuit Ground
DTC U0026: CAN-B Bus(L0) Shorted to Circuit Power Supply
.

CAUTION JUDGMENT CRITERIA


If the DTC U0020, U0021, U0022, U0023, Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
U0024, U0025, U0026 is set in the occupant occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to per-
classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN form the normal data transmission, occupant classifi-
main bus lines. cation-ECU determines that an abnormality is
When replacing the ECU, always check that present.
the communication circuit is normal.
.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


If the CAN-B circuit malfunction is present, the occu- The CAN bus line may be defective
pant classification-ECU sets the DTC U0020, U0021,
U0022, U0023, U0024, U0025, U0026.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
(1) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(2) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-331

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica-
tion-ECU.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-46).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC U0141: ETACS CAN Timeout

CAUTION JUDGMENT CRITERIA


If the DTC U0141 is set in the occupant classi- Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
fication-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to per-
bus lines. form the normal data transmission, occupant classifi-
When replacing the ECU, always check that cation-ECU determines that an abnormality is
the communication circuit is normal. present.
.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
If the signal from ETACS-ECU cannot be received, The CAN bus line may be defective
the occupant classification-ECU sets the DTC
The ETACS-ECU may be defective
U0141.
The occupant classification-ECU may be defec-
.
tive

TSB Revision
52B-332 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the ETACS-ECU


diagnostic trouble code
Check again if the DTC is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the ETACS-ECU. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.

STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic


trouble code No. U0141 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0141 is set in SRS-ECU, combination
meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN box unit, radio and
CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 54A,
ETACS ETACS-ECU P.54A-768).
NO : Go to Step 4.

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica-
tion-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-333

DTC U0151: SRS-ECU CAN timeout

CAUTION JUDGMENT CRITERIA


If DTC U0151 is set in the occupant classifica- Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
tion-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to per-
lines. form the normal data transmission, occupant classifi-
When replacing the ECU, always check that cation-ECU determines that an abnormality is
the communication circuit is normal. present.
.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
If the signal from SRS-ECU cannot be received, the The CAN bus line may be defective
occupant classification system sets DTC U0151. The SRS-ECU may be defective
.
The occupant classification-ECU may be defec-
tive

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III) P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the SRS-ECU


diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the SRS-ECU. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.

STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic


trouble code No. U0151 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0151 is set in ETACS-ECU, combination
meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN box unit, radio and
CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 52B,
SRS-ECU P.52B-371).
NO : Go to Step 4.

TSB Revision
52B-334 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica-
tion-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC U0155: Combination Meter CAN Timeout

CAUTION JUDGMENT CRITERIA


If the DTC U0155 is set in the occupant classi- Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
fication-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to per-
bus lines. form the normal data transmission, occupant classifi-
When replacing the ECU, always check that cation-ECU determines that an abnormality is
the communication circuit is normal. present.
.

TROUBLE JUDGMENT
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
If the signal from combination meter cannot be The CAN bus line may be defective
received, the occupant classification-ECU sets the
The combination meter may be defective
DTC U0155. The occupant classification-ECU may be defec-
.
tive

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-335

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the combination


meter diagnostic trouble code
Check if DTC is set to the combination meter.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the combination meter. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.

STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic


trouble code No. U0155 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0155 is set in ETACS-ECU, SRS-ECU,
A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN box unit, radio and CD
player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the combination meter (Refer to GROUP
54A, Combination Meter P.54A-122).
NO : Go to Step 4.

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica-
tion-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC U0164: A/C-ECU CAN Timeout

CAUTION JUDGMENT CRITERIA


If the DTC U0164 is set in the occupant classi- Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if the
fication-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to per-
bus lines. form the normal data transmission, the occupant
When replacing the ECU, always check that classification-ECU determines that an abnormality is
the communication circuit is normal. present.
.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
If the signal from A/C-ECU cannot be received, the The CAN bus line may be defective
occupant classification-ECU sets the DTC U0164. The A/C-ECU may be defective
.
The occupant classification-ECU may be defec-
tive

TSB Revision
52B-336 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III) P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the A/C


diagnostic trouble code.
Check if DTC is set to the A/C-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the A/C. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.

STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic


trouble code No. U0164 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0164 is set in ETACS-ECU, SRS-ECU,
combination meter, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN box unit, radio
and CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the A/C-ECU (Refer to GROUP 55A,
A/C-ECU P.55A-116).
NO : Go to Step 4.

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica-
tion-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-337

DTC U0168: KOS-ECU or WCM CAN Timeout

CAUTION JUDGMENT CRITERIA


If DTC U0168 is set in the occupant classifica- Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if the
tion-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to per-
lines. form the normal data transmission, the occupant
When replacing the ECU, always check that classification-ECU determines that an abnormality is
the communication circuit is normal. present.
.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
If the signal from KOS-ECU or WCM cannot be Malfunction of CAN bus line may be defective.
received, the occupant classification-ECU sets the Malfunction of the KOS-ECU may be defective.
DTC U0168.
Malfunction of the WCM may be defective.
.
Malfunction of the occupant classification-ECU
may be defective.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III) P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the KOS-ECU or


WCM diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the KOS-ECU or WCM.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the KOS or WCM. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.

STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic


trouble code No. U0168 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0168 is set in ETACS-ECU, SRS-ECU,
combination meter, A/C-ECU, CAN box unit, radio and CD
player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the KOS -ECU (Refer to GROUP 42B,
KOS-ECU P.42B-218) or WCM (Refer to GROUP
42C, WCMP.42C-93)
NO : Go to Step 4.

TSB Revision
52B-338 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica-
tion-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC U0184: Audio CAN Timeout

CAUTION JUDGMENT CRITERIA


If the DTC U0184 is set in the occupant classi- Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
fication-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to per-
bus lines. form the normal data transmission, occupant classifi-
When replacing the ECU, always check that cation-ECU determines that an abnormality is
the communication circuit is normal. present.
.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
When the signals from radio and CD player or CD The CAN bus line may be defective
changer cannot be received, the occupant classifica-
The radio and CD player or CD changer may be
tion-ECU sets the DTC U0184. defective
.
The occupant classification-ECU may be defec-
tive

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-339
DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the audio


diagnostic trouble code.
Check if the DTC is set to the audio.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the radio and CD player. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.

STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic


trouble code No. U0184 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0184 is set in ETACS-ECU, SRS-ECU,
combination meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN box
unit, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the radio and CD player (Refer to GROUP
54A, Radio and CD player P.54A-399).
NO : Go to Step 4.

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica-
tion-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-340 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC U0195: Satellite Radio Tuner CAN Timeout

CAUTION JUDGMENT CRITERIA


If the DTC U0195 is set in the occupant classi- Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
fication-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to per-
bus lines. form the normal data transmission, occupant classifi-
When replacing the ECU, always check that cation-ECU determines that an abnormality is
the communication circuit is normal. present.
.

TROUBLE JUDGMENT
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
If the signal from satellite radio tuner cannot be The CAN bus may be defective.
received, the occupant classification-ECU sets the The satellite radio tuner may be defective.
DTC U0195.
The occupant classification-ECU may be defec-
.
tive.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the satellite radio


tuner diagnostic trouble code.
Check if DTC is set to the satellite radio tuner.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the satellite radio tuner. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.

STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic


trouble code No. U0195 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0195 is set in ETACS-ECU, SRS-ECU,
combination meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN box
unit, radio and CD player, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the satellite radio tuner (Refer to GROUP
54A, Satellite Radio Tuner P.54A-641).
NO : Go to Step 4.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-341

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica-
tion-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC U0245: CAN box unit CAN timeout

CAUTION JUDGMENT CRITERIA


If DTC U0245 is set in the occupant classifica- Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
tion-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus audio visual navigation becomes unable to perform
lines. the normal data transmission, occupant classifica-
When replacing the ECU, always check that tion-ECU determines that an abnormality is present.
the communication circuit is normal. .

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
The CAN bus line may be defective.
When the signals from audio visual navigation unit The occupant classification-ECU may be defec-
cannot be received, the occupant classification sys-
tive.
tem sets DTC U0245. The audio visual navigation unit may be defec-
.
tive.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III) P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
52B-342 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the audio visual


navigation unit diagnostic trouble code.
Check if DTC is set to the audio visual navigation unit.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the MMCS. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.

STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic


trouble code No. U0245 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0245 is set in ETACS-ECU, SRS-ECU,
combination meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, radio and
CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the CAN box unit (Refer to GROUP 54A,
MMCSP.54A-507).
NO : Go to Step 4.

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica-
tion-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC U1000: OSS-ECU CAN Timeout


.

CAUTION JUDGEMENT CRITERIA


If the DTC U1000 is set, diagnose the CAN bus Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
lines. SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
When replacing the ECU, always check that data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
the SRS circuit is normal. abnormality is present.
.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION .

If the signal from combination meter cannot be TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


received, the SRS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. Malfunction of CAN bus line
U1000. Malfunction of SRS-ECU
Malfunction of the OSS-ECU

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-343
DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the OSS-ECU


diagnostic trouble code
Check if the DTC is set to the OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the OSS. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.

STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic


trouble code No. U1000 for other system.
Check if the DTC U1000 is set in ETACS-ECU, SRS-ECU,
combination meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, radio and
CD player, satellite radio tuner.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the OSS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 42B,
P.42B-224).
NO : Go to Step 4.

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).

TSB Revision
52B-344 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC U1419: The signal from a weight sensor (front: LH) is unusual
DTC U141A: The signal from a weight sensor (front: RH) is unusual
DTC U141B: The signal from a weight sensor (rear: LH) is unusual
DTC U141C: The signal from a weight sensor (rear: RH) is unusual
DTC U1423: The signal from a weight sensor is unusual
. .

DTC SET CONDITIONS TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


There DTCs are set if communication between the Malfunction of weight sensor
weight sensor and the occupant classification-ECU is The occupant classification-ECU may be defec-
not possible or faulty. tive

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

STEP 2. Check the weight sensor.


Check the diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC U1419, U141A, U141B, U141C, U1423 set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : The procedure is complete.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
M1524003401465

CAUTION
During diagnosis, a DTC code associated with
another system may be set when the ignition
switch is turned on with connector(s) discon-
nected. After completing the repair, confirm all
systems for DTC code(s). If DTC code(s) are set,
erase them all.
SYMPTOM INSPECTION PROCEDURE No. REFERENCE PAGE
Communication between the scan tool and the 1 P.52B-345
SRS-ECU is not possible.
Power supply circuit system 2 P.52B-346
The SRS warning light does not illuminate. 3 P.52B-350
The SRS warning light does not go out. 4 P.52B-352

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-345
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES

Inspection procedure 1: Communication between the Scan Tool and the SRS-ECU is not possible.
. .

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION (COMMENT) TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most


If the scan tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly) can not likely causes for this case:)
communicate with the SRS system, the CAN bus Damaged wiring harness or connector
lines may be defective. If the SRS system does not Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
work, the SRS-ECU or its power supply circuit may
be defective.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III) P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Check and repair the power supply circuit system
(Refer to P.52B-346).
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
52B-346 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Inspection procedure 2: Power supply circuit system

IGNITION SWITCH (IG1)


OR OSS-ECU (IG1) FUSIBLE LINK 34

ETACS-ECU

IG1
RELAY

SRS-ECU

ACA02959 AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-347
Connector: C-126 Connectors: C-412, C-417
ETACS-ECU

C-417

C-126 (Y) C-412 (BR)

ACA03077AB ACA03079 AB

. .

CIRCUIT OPERATION TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (THE MOST


To SRS-ECU, the power is supplied from two inde- LIKELY CAUSES FOR THIS CASE:)
pendent circuits (fuse No. 12 and 18) via IG1 relay of Damaged wiring harness or connector
ETACS-ECU. Charging system failed
If the power is not supplied to SRS-ECU, the com- Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
munication between scan tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
Assembly) and SRS-ECU cannot be established.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Power supply fuse check.


Q: Is the fuse in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 2

STEP 2. Check for a blown fuse.


(1) Replace the fuse.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position, wait for at least
one minute and then turn the switch off.
(3) Check the fuse.
Q: Is the fuse in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between the C-417
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 5 and the C-126
SRS-ECU connector terminal No. 22 <Fuse No.12>
or C-412 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 4 and
the C-126 SRS-ECU connector terminal No. 21
<Fuse No.18> , and replace the power supply fuse.

TSB Revision
52B-348 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Resistance measurement at the C-126 SRS-ECU


connector.
(1) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-126 SRS-ECU connectors.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(2) Take the measurements below at the C-126 wiring harness


C-126 Harness side side connectors.
connector (front view)
Continuity between C-126 wiring harness side connec-
tor terminal No. 24 and body ground
OK: Continuity (Less than 2 ohms)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between C-126 SRS-ECU
connector terminal No. 24 and body ground.
ACA02867 BN

STEP 4. Measure the voltage at the C-126 SRS-ECU


connector.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-126 SRS-ECU connector.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Ignition switch: ON

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(5) Take the measurements below at the C-126 harness side


C-126 Harness side
connector (front view) connector.
Voltage between terminal No. 21, 22 and body ground
OK: 9 V or more
Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.

ACA02874 AT

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-349

STEP 5. Check the harness for open circuit between


SRS-ECU connector C-126 and the ETACS-ECU connector
C-412 or C-417.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
A C-126 SRS-ECU connector.
(3) Disconnect the ETACS-ECU connector C-412 and C-417.
NOTE: Check intermediate connector C-27 and joint con-
nector C-04, and repair if necessary.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(4) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It


C-417 Harness side
connector (front view) should be less than 2 ohms.
C-126
Harness side <Fuse No.12>
connector
(front view) SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.22) and the
ETACS-ECU connector C-417 (terminal No.5)
<Fuse No.18>
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.21) and the
ETACS-ECU connector C-412 (terminal No.4)
ACA02867BM Q: Does continuity exist?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 54A,
C-412 Harness side ETACS-ECU P.54A-768).
connector (front view)
C-126 NO : Repair the harness wire between SRS-ECU
Harness side
connector connector C-126 and the ETACS-ECU connector
(front view) C-412 and C-417.

ACA02867BL

STEP 6. Retest the system


Q: Is the communication between scan tool and SRS-ECU
possible?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15.)
NO : Replace SRS-ECU. (Refer to P.52B-371.)

TSB Revision
52B-350 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Inspection procedure 3:The SRS Warning Light does not Illuminate.

SRS Warning Light Circuit

IGNITION SWITCH (IG1)


OR OSS-ECU (IG1) FUSIBLE LINK 34

ETACS-ECU

IG1
RELAY

CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT

INTERFACE
CIRCUIT

JOINT CONNECTOR
(CAN1)

SRS-ECU

CAN TRANSCEIVER
CIRCUIT

CPU

LCD (SRS) RHEOSTAT

COMBINATION METER

ACA03003 AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-351
Connector: C-126 Connector: C-203

C-126 (Y)

ACA03077AB ACA03076 AD

Connector: C-417
ETACS-ECU

ACA03079 AD

As a cause, the failure of CAN bus line, combina-


.

CIRCUIT OPERATION tion meter, or SRS-ECU is suspected.


The SRS warning light illuminates when the igni-
tion switch is turned to the "ON" position and .

goes out after approximately seven seconds if TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


there is not a malfunction in the SRS system. Damaged wiring harness and connectors
SRS-ECU sends the SRS warning light signal to Combination meter malfunction
the combination meter via the CAN communica- Malfunction of SRS-ECU
tion.

DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
Use scan tool MB991958 to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision
52B-352 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, check actuator test


Check the SRS-ECU actuator tests.
Item No. 01: SRS warning light
Q: Does the SRS warning light turn on and off normally?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace SRS-ECU. (Refer to P.52B-371.)

STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, check actuator test


Check the combination meter actuator tests.
Item No. 07: Indicator 1
Q: Does the SRS warning light turn on and off normally?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the combination meter. (Refer to GROUP
54A, Combination Meter P.54A-122.)

STEP 4. Wiring harness inspection between C-417


ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 5 and C-203
combination meter connector terminal No. 2
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check the
ETACS-ECU connectors C-417 and combination meter con-
nector C-203 and repair if necessary.
The SRS warning light inspection for open and short circuit
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : If other systems are normally operated, replace the
combination meter. (Refer to GROUP 54A,
Combination Meter P.54A-122.)
NO : Repair the wiring harness.

Inspection procedure 4: The SRS Warning Light does not Go Out.

As a cause, the failure of CAN bus line, combina-


.

CIRCUIT OPERATION tion meter, or SRS-ECU is suspected.


The SRS warning light illuminates when the igni-
tion switch is turned to the "ON" position and .

goes out after approximately seven seconds if TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS


there is not a malfunction in the SRS system. Damaged wiring harness and connectors
SRS-ECU sends the SRS warning light signal to Combination meter malfunction
the combination meter via the CAN communica- Malfunction of SRS-ECU
tion.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-353
DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
Use scan tool MB991958 to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

STEP 2. Recheck of the SRS warning light


(1) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Ignition switch: ON
Q: Does the SRS warning light illuminate for approximately
7 seconds and then go out after the ignition switch is
turned to the "ON" position?
YES : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
NO : Go to Step 3.

STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, check actuator test


Check the combination meter actuator tests.
Item No. 07: Indicator 1
Q: Does the SRS warning light turn on and off normally?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the combination meter. (Refer to GROUP
54A, Combination Meter P.54A-122.)

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC set?
YES : Troubleshoot for the relevant DTC.
NO : Go to Step 5

TSB Revision
52B-354 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Recheck of the SRS warning light


(1) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Ignition switch: ON
Q: Does the light stay on?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : The procedure is complete.
DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE
M1524003500555

DATA LIST OUTPUT


.

The following items can be read by the scan tool


from the SRS-ECU input data.
No. Data list item Check conditions Normal conditions
01 Failure continuation time 1 Always Maximum time to be stored: 9,999
02 Failure continuation time 2 Always minutes (approximately seven
days)
.

The following items can be read by the scan tool from the occupant classification-ECU input data.

Item No. Display on scan tool Check conditions Normal conditions


01 Passenger weight Apply a load to the passenger 2048 Kg (4515 Ib) to 2048 Kg
seat. (4515 Ib)
02 Dr seat position sensor Slide the seat the back-end to 0 to 1,700 mA
current the front-position.
03 Dr seat position sensor Slide the seat the back-end to 0 to 5,000 mV
voltage the front-position.
07 Dr seat position sensor Slide the seat the back-end to Not Frontal Zone/Frontal
status the front-position. Zone/Undetermined/No Dr
STPS/No Pa STPS/Seat
sensor DTC
08 occupant classification Apply a load to the passenger Empty/RFIS*/Child/More
status seat. 5th%/Less 5th%/Undermined
10 Battery voltage Always 6.5 to 16 V
21 Pa seat weight sensor 1 Apply a load to the passenger 2048 Kg (4515 Ib) to 2048 Kg
RR seat. (4515 Ib)
22 Pa seat weight sensor 1 Apply a load to the passenger 0 to 5,000 mV
RR volt seat.
23 Pa seat weight sensor 2 Apply a load to the passenger 2048 Kg (4515 Ib) to 2048 Kg
RF seat. (4515 Ib)
24 Pa seat weight sensor 2 Apply a load to the passenger 0 to 5,000 mV
RF volt seat.
25 Pa seat weight sensor 3 Apply a load to the passenger 2048 Kg (4515 Ib) to 2048 Kg
LF seat. (4515 Ib)
26 Pa seat weight sensor 3 Apply a load to the passenger 0 to 5,000 mV
LF volt seat.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
52B-355
Item No. Display on scan tool Check conditions Normal conditions
27 Pa seat weight sensor 4 Apply a load to the passenger 2048 Kg (4515 Ib) to 2048 Kg
LR seat. (4515 Ib)
28 Pa seat weight sensor 4 Apply a load to the passenger 0 to 5,000 mV
LR volt seat.
30 VIN Information Always
NOTE: *: Radio Frequency Integrated Circuit
ACTUATOR TEST REFERENCE TABLE
M1524003600358
The scan tool activates the following actuators for
testing.
Item No. Item name Test item Driven
component
01 SRS warning light SRS warning light illumination ON
03 Passenger's SRS OFF light Passenger's SRS OFF light illumination ON
Passenger's SRS OFF light illumination OFF

FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION REFERENCE TABLE


M1524003700173
If the SRS-ECU determines that the following parts If the occupant classification sensor or the occu-
are defective, the SRS-ECU operates the SRS warn- pant classification-ECU is defective, the
ing light and controls as follows. SRS-ECU determines that the occupant classifi-
If the seat slide sensor is defective, the SRS-ECU cation is class 2 [The occupant classification sen-
determines that the seat is in its backward posi- sor detects 30 kg (66 pounds) or more.] and
tion and controls the air bag. controls the air bag and the passengers air bag
OFF indicator light.
ACCURACY CHECK OF OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SENSOR
M1524025800101
The scan tool can be used to perform the next func- Zero-Calibration & System Test
tion.

TSB Revision
52B-356 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SPECIAL TOOLS

SPECIAL TOOLS
M1524000701832

Tool Tool number and name Supersession Application


MB990784 General service tool Removal of cover.
Ornament remover

MB990784

MB990803 General service tool Steering wheel removal


Steering wheel puller

MB990803AB

a
MB991958 MB991824-KIT CAUTION
a: MB991824 NOTE: g: MB991826 For vehicles with CAN
b: MB991827 M.U.T.-III Trigger communication, use M.U.T.-III
c: MB991910 Harness is not main harness A to send
MB991824 d: MB991911 necessary when simulated vehicle speed. If you
b e: MB991914 pushing V.C.I. ENTER connect M.U.T.-III main harness
f: MB991825 key. B instead, the CAN
g: MB991826 communication does not
MB991827
Scan tool (M.U.T.-III sub function correctly.
c assembly) Checking diagnostic trouble code
a: Vehicle communication
interface (V. C. I.)
b: M.U.T.-III USB cable
MB991910
d c: M.U.T.-III main harness
A (Vehicles with CAN
Do not use communication
system)
MB991911 d: M.U.T.-III main
e harness B (Vehicles
without CAN
Do not use
communication
MB991914
system)
e: M.U.T.-III main
f
harness C (for Chrysler
models only)
f: M.U.T.-III measurement
MB991825
adapter
g
g: M.U.T.-III trigger
harness

MB991826
MB991958

MB991865 SRS air bag and seat belt


Dummy resistor pre-tensioner circuit check

MB991865

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
TEST EQUIPMENT
52B-357
Tool Tool number and name Supersession Application
MB991866 Drivers and passengers (front)
Resistor harness air bag and side-air bag circuit
check

MB991866

MB991884 Curtain air bag and seat belt


Resistor harness pre-tensioner circuit check

MB991884

MB991885 Deployment of Knee air bag,


Adapter harness curtain air bag and seat belt
pre-tensioner inside or outside
MB991885
the vehicle

a MB991223 General service tools Checking the continuity and


a: MB991219 measuring the voltage at the
b: MB991220 SRS-ECU harness connector
c: MB991221
b d: MB991222
Harness set
a: Test harness
c b: LED harness
c: LED harness adaptor
d: Probe
d Do not use
MB991223BD

MB992102 Deployment of drivers and


Air bag inflation adapter passengers (front) air bag
harness module inside or outside the
MB992102
vehicle

MB992006 General service tool Continuity check and voltage


Extra fine probe measurement at harness wire or
connector for loose, corroded or
damaged terminals, or terminals
MB992006
pushed back in the connector.

TEST EQUIPMENT
M1524000800698

Tool Name Use


Digital multi-meter Checking the SRS electrical circuitry with
Use a multi-meter for which the maximum SRS check harness
test current is 2 mA or less at the minimum
range of resistance measurement
AC000019AB

TSB Revision
52B-358 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
POST-COLLISION DIAGNOSIS

POST-COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
M1524001102331
To inspect and service the SRS after a collision (whether or not
the air bags have deployed), perform the following steps.

SRS-ECU MEMORY CHECK


Required Special Tool:
MB991958: Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
MB991824:Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
MB991827:M.U.T.-III USB Cable
MB991910:M.U.T.-III Main Harness A (Vehicles with
CAN Communication System)
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
1. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector
(16-pin).
2. Read (and write down) all displayed diagnostic trouble
codes (Refer to P.52B-32).
NOTE: If the battery power supply has been disconnected or
disrupted by the collision, scan tool MB991958 cannot com-
municate with the SRS-ECU. Check the battery, then check
and, if necessary, repair the front wiring harness and the
instrument panel wiring harness before proceeding.
3. Read the data list (fault duration and how many times
memories are erased), using scan tool MB991958 (Refer to
P.52B-354).
4. Erase the diagnostic trouble codes, and then turn the
ignition switch to the LOCK (OFF) position.
5. Wait for at least one second, and then turn the ignition
switch to the ON position again.
6. After waiting 15 seconds or more, note all displayed
diagnostic trouble codes (Refer to P.52B-27).

REPAIR PROCEDURE
.

WHEN FRONT AIR BAGS DEPLOY IN A COLLI-


SION.
1. Replace the following parts with new ones:
SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
Driver's air bag module (Refer to P.52B-375).
Passenger's (front) air bag module (Refer to P.52B-382).
Knee air bag module (Refer to P.52B-386).
Seat belt with pre-tensioner (Refer to P.52B-401).
Front impact sensors (Refer to P.52B-367).
Instrument trim assembly (Refer to GROUP 52A Instru-
ment Panel Assembly P.52A-3).
Front passengers seat cushion frame assembly (Occupant
classification-ECU and weight sensor) (Refer to GROUP
52A, Front Seat Assembly P.52A-46).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
POST-COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
52B-359
2. Check the following parts. If there is an abnormality, replace
with new parts.
Clock spring (Refer to P.52B-375).
Seat belt switch (Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assem-
bly P.52A-42).
Steering wheel, steering column assembly
(1) Check that the driver's air bag module is installed to the
steering wheel correctly.
(2) Check the steering wheel for noise, binding, operational
failure, and play.
(3) Check the shock absorbing mechanism of steering col-
umn shaft assembly (Refer to GROUP 37 On-vehicle
Service P.37-77).
3. Instrument panel assembly (Refer to GROUP 52A
Instrument Panel Assembly P.52A-3).
4. Check the wiring harnesses for binding, the connectors for
damage, poor connections, and the terminals for
deformation (Refer to P.52B-24).
.

WHEN SIDE AND CURTAIN AIR BAGS DEPLOY IN


A COLLISION.
1. Replace the following parts with new ones.
SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
Front seatback assembly (Refer to P.52B-390).
Curtain air bag module (Refer to P.52B-394).
Side impact sensor (front and rear) (Refer to P.52B-398).
Headlining (Refer to GROUP 52A, Headlining P.52A-20).
Front pillar trim, center pillar trim upper, quarter trim upper
(Refer to GROUP 52A Interior Trim P.52A-13).
2. Check the wiring harnesses for binding, the connectors for
damage, poor connections, and the terminals for
deformation (Refer to P.52B-24).
.

WHEN CURTAIN AIR BAGS DEPLOY IN A


COLLISION.
1. Replace the following parts with new ones:
SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
Side impact sensors (rear) (Refer to P.52B-398).
Front passengers seat cushion frame assembly (Occupant
classification-ECU and weight sensor) (Refer to GROUP
52A, Front Seat Assembly P.52A-46).
Curtain air bag module (Refer to P.52B-394).
2. Check the wiring harnesses for binding, the connectors for
damage, poor connections, and the terminals for
deformation (Refer to P.52B-24).
.

WHEN CURTAIN AIR BAGS DEPLOY AND SEAT


BELT PRE-TENSIONER OPERATE IN A
COLLISION.
1. Replace the following parts with new ones:
SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).

TSB Revision
52B-360 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
POST-COLLISION DIAGNOSIS

Side impact sensors (rear) (Refer to P.52B-398).


Front passengers seat cushion frame assembly (Occupant
classification-ECU and weight sensor) (Refer to GROUP
52A, Front Seat Assembly P.52A-46).
Seat belt with pre-tensioner (Refer to P.52B-401).
2. Check the wiring harnesses for binding, the connectors for
damage, poor connections, and the terminals for
deformation (Refer to P.52B-24).
.

WHEN AIR BAGS DO NOT DEPLOY IN


LOW-SPEED COLLISION.
Check the SRS components. If the SRS components are show-
ing any visible damage such as dents, cracks, or deformation,
replace them with new ones. Concerning parts removed for
inspection, replacement with new parts and cautionary points
for working, refer to appropriate INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT
SERVICE P.52B-364.
.

FRONT IMPACT SENSOR


1. Check the front end upper bar for distortion and rust.
2. Check the front impact sensor for dents, cracks, deformation
Front impact or rust.
sensor 3. Check the front impact sensor wiring harness for binding,
check the connector for damage, and check the terminals
for deformation.
Headlight assembly (LH)
NOTE: The illustration shows the side impact sensor (RH).
The position of the side impact sensor (LH) is symmetrical to
this.
AC904831AH

SRS-ECU
1. Check the SRS-ECU case and brackets for dents, cracks or
SRS-ECU deformation.
2. Check the connector for damage, and the terminals for
deformation.
3. Check the installation of the SRS-ECU and its bracket.

G and
yaw rate sensor
AC904903 AH

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
POST-COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
52B-361
DRIVER'S AND PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG
MODULE, DRIVER'S KNEE AIR BAG MODULE
<Driver's side> 1. Check the pad cover for dents, cracks or deformation.
Squib connector
2. Check the connector for damage, terminal deformities, and
the harness for binding.
3. Check the air bag inflator case for dents, cracks or
deformities.
4. Check that the air bag module is installed correctly.

Inflator
ACA03012

<Passenger's (front) side>


Inflator case

Squib connectors ACA03361AB

<Knee air bag module>

Squib
connectors
Inflator
AC905122 AD

FRONT SEATBACK ASSEMBLY (SIDE-AIR BAG


MODULE)
1. Check the air bag module deployment section for dents or
Side-airbag module deformation.
deployment section 2. Check that there is no connector damage, bent terminals or
harness crimping.

AC507151AB

TSB Revision
52B-362 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
POST-COLLISION DIAGNOSIS

CLOCK SPRING
1. Check the clock spring connectors and protective tube for
Case damage, and the terminals for deformation.
Protective tubes
2. Visually check the case for damage.

ACA03431 AC

SIDE IMPACT SENSOR


<Front> 1. Check that there is no bending or corrosion in the center
pillar and quarter panel.
2. Check that there is no denting, breakage or bending of the
side impact sensor.
3. Check that there is no harness crimping, connector damage
or bent terminals.
Front seat belt (LH)
NOTE: The illustration shows the side impact sensor (RH).
Side impact
The position of the side impact sensor (LH) is symmetrical to
sensor (front) this.

<Rear>

Side impact
sensor (rear)
Rear seat belt

ACA03561 AB

SEAT SLIDE SENSOR


1. Check that there is no connector damage, bent terminals or
harness crimping.
Seat slide sensor
2. Check the installation of the seat slide sensor.

ACA03525AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
POST-COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
52B-363
OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION-ECU AND WEIGHT
SENSOR
1. Check the occupant classification-ECU case and weight
sensor for dents, cracks or deformation.
2. Check the connector for damage, and the terminals for
Weight sensor deformation.
Occupant 3. Check the installation of the occupant classification-ECU
classification-ECU and weight sensor.
4. Check the diagnostic trouble code of occupant
Weight classification-ECU and replace the seat cushion frame
sensor assembly <passengers side> if DTC B1BA7 is set.
2 AC
AC701992

CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


1. Check that the curtain air bag deployment part of the
Inflator
headlining is normal.
2. Check the inflator surface for cracks, dents or deformations.
3. Check the connector for damage, the terminal for
deformation, and the harness for binding.
.

Curtain air bag module STEERING WHEEL, STEERING COLUMN AND


deployment section SHAFT ASSEMBLY
AC905565AC 1. Check the wiring harness (built into the steering wheel) and
the connectors for damage, and the terminals for
deformation.
2. Install the air bag module to check fit or alignment with the
steering wheel.
3. Check the steering wheel for noise, binding or difficult
operation and excessive free play.
4. Check the steering column shaft shock absorbing
mechanism (Refer to GROUP 37, On-Vehicle Service
Steering Column Shaft Assembly Shock Absorbing
Mechanism Check P.37-77).
.

SEAT BELT WITH PRE-TENSIONER


1. Check the seat belt for damage or deformation.
2. Check the seat belt with pre-tensioner for cracks or
deformation.
3. Check that the unit is installed correctly to the vehicle body.

Seat belt
pre-tensioner
(RH)
AC904968 AD

TSB Revision
52B-364 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT SERVICE

HARNESS CONNECTOR (FRONT WIRING


HARNESS, INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRING
HARNESS, AND FLOOR WIRING HARNESS)
Check the harnesses for binding, the connectors for damage,
poor connection, and the terminals for deformation (Refer to
P.52B-24).

INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT SERVICE


M1524002901166

WARNING
If heat damage occurs during paint work, remove
the SRS-ECU, the air bag modules, the clock
spring, front seats, impact sensor and the seat belt
with pre-tensioner. Recheck the SRS system oper-
ability after reinstalling them.
SRS-ECU, air bag module, clock spring, front
seats, impact sensor: 93 C (200 F) or more
Seat belt with pre-tensioner: 90C (194 F) or
more
If the SRS components are removed for the pur-
pose of inspection, sheet metal repair, painting,
etc., they should be stored in a clean, dry place
until they are reinstalled.
If the SRS components are to be removed or replaced as a
result of maintenance, diagnosis, etc., follow the appropriate
procedure in this section. (Front impact sensor: refer to
P.52B-367, SRS-ECU: refer to P.52B-371, Air bag modules
and clock spring: refer to P.52B-375, Side-air bag module: refer
to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly P.52A-42, Side impact
sensor: refer to P.52B-398, Curtain air bag module: refer to
P.52B-394, Seat belt with pre-tensioner: refer to P.52B-401).

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
ACCURACY CHECK OF OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SENSOR
M1524025100157
Required Special Tools:
MB991958: Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
MB991824:Vehicle Communication Interface(V.C.I.)
MB991827:M.U.T.-III USB Cable
MB991910:M.U.T.-III Main Harness A

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
52B-365
CAUTION
The following precaution must be observed when execut-
ing accuracy testing and calibration.
Perform the occupant classification sensor calibration
at room temperature. (Proposal: 20 15C (68 27 F))
(Before the calibration, place the occupant classifica-
tion sensor more than 30 minutes at room tempera-
ture.)
Do not apply any load or vibration while the weight
check and the calibration is performed.
Perform the weight check and the calibration after seat
components are all assembled.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
Data link connector necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
1. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.

MB991910
MB991824

MB991827 ACA00016 AB

2. To execute accuracy check and calibration, operate scan


tool MB991958 (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly) as follows.
(1) Select "OCM".
(2) Select "Special Function".
Special Function NXXXXXXXXX
(3) Select "Zero Calibration & System Test".
(4) The start of the zero calibration.
System Select OCM Special Function

Zero Calibration & System Test

Please select function.

AC609603AB

TSB Revision
52B-366 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

(5) The execution check of the zero calibration.


(6) The zero calibration has been completed when the
screen as shown in the illustration is displayed. The OK
button is pushed and it progresses to the next.

AC609604 AB

(7) The start of 66 lbs system test.


MUT-lll-- Web Web Page Dialog

Zero-calibration
Completed.
Go on to the 66lbs System Test.

AC710647AB

(8) The execution check of the 66 lbs system test.


MUT-lll-- Web Web Page Dialog

66lbs System Test


Do you want to start?

AC710648AB

(9) The 66 lbs system test has been completed when the
MUT-lll-- Web Web Page Dialog screen as shown in the illustration is displayed. The OK
66lbs System Test button is pushed and it progresses to the next.
Test passed. (10)The start of 0 lbs system test.
Go on to the 0kg System Test.

AC710649AB

(11)The execution check of the 0 lbs system test.


MUT-lll-- Web Web Page Dialog

0lbs System Test


Do you want to start?

AC710650AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
FRONT IMPACT SENSORS
52B-367
(12)The 0 lbs system test has been completed when the
MUT-lll-- Web Web Page Dialog screen as shown in the illustration is displayed.
0lbs System Test
Test passed.

All procedure is completed.


Please erase stored DTCS set during
the test in OCM and SRS-AIR BAG.

AC710651AB

FRONT IMPACT SENSORS


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1524001501897

WARNING
Never repair or disassemble the front impact sensor. If faulty, replace it.
Handle the front impact sensors very carefully, taking care not to drop them. They must
be replaced if they are dropped.
Replace the sensors with new ones after the air bag has deployed.

Pre-removal Operation
Turn the ignition key to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.

Front impact sensor <LH>

2
3

10 2 Nm
89 17 in-lb

Battery

ACA03424 AB

Removal steps Removal steps (Continued)


<<A>> 1. Negative () battery cable Air cleaner intake duct (Refer to
Headlight support upper panel Group 15, Air cleaner P.15-6)
cover (Refer to Group 51, Front
bumper P.51-4)

TSB Revision
52B-368 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
FRONT IMPACT SENSORS

Removal steps (Continued)


<<B>> 2. Front impact sensor connector
connection
3. Front impact sensor
Installation steps
>>A<< Pre-installation inspection
>>B<< 3. Front impact sensor
2. Front impact sensor connector
connection
Air cleaner intake duct (Refer to
Group 15, Air cleaner P.15-6)
Headlight support upper panel
cover (Refer to Group 51, Front
bumper P.51-4)
>>C<< Post-installation inspection

Front impact sensor <RH>

2
3

Windshield washer tank assembly

10 2 Nm
89 17 in-lb

ACA03425 AB

Removal steps Installation steps


<<A>> 1. Negative () battery cable >>A<< Pre-installation inspection
Headlight support upper panel >>B<< 2. Front impact sensor
cover (Refer to Group 51, Front 1. Front impact sensor connector
bumper P.51-4) connection
<<B>> 2. Front impact sensor connector Headlight support upper panel
connection cover (Refer to Group 51, Front
3. Front impact sensor bumper P.51-4)
>>C<< Post-installation inspection

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
FRONT IMPACT SENSORS
52B-369
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT
.

<<A>> NEGATIVE () BATTERY CABLE DISCON-


NECTION
DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat-
tery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories con-
tain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable from the battery and
Insulating tape tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and air
Battery bag(s) deployment.

Battery cable
ACX00583AF

<<B>> FRONT IMPACT SENSOR CONNECTOR


REMOVAL
Push the connector lock of front impact sensor connector to the
direction of the arrow, then unlock and disconnect the connec-
tor.
Front impact Connector lock
sensor

AC904777AF

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS


.

>>A<< PRE-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


Check the front impact sensor before installation (Refer to
P.52B-370).
.

>>B<< FRONT IMPACT SENSOR INSTALLATION


WARNING
The SRS may not activate properly if a front impact
sensor is not installed properly, which could result in
serious injury or death to the vehicle's driver.
1. Securely connect the connector.

TSB Revision
52B-370 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
FRONT IMPACT SENSORS

2. Position the front impact sensor facing toward the front of


the vehicle as indicated by the arrow on the label, and install
it securely.
.

>>C<< POST-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


1. Reconnect the negative () battery cable.
2. Turn the ignition key to "ON" position.
<Meter> SRS warning light 3. Does the "SRS" warning light illuminate for approximately
seven seconds, and then go out?
4. If yes, the SRS system is functioning properly.
If not, consult page P.52B-32.

AC905530 AB

INSPECTION
M1524001600987

WARNING 1. Check the front impact sensor for dents, cracks,


If a dent, crack, deformation or rust is deformation or rust.
detected, replace with a new sensor. 2. Binding of wiring harness, damaged connector,
NOTE: For checking of the front impact sensor other and deformation of terminal
than described below, refer to the section concerning 3. Deformation and rust of headlight support panel
SRS diagnosis (Refer to P.52B-32).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS CONTROL UNIT (SRS-ECU)
52B-371
SRS CONTROL UNIT (SRS-ECU)
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1524002101870

DANGER
The SRS-ECU adopts the rollover specification that the curtain air bag and seat belt pre-ten-
sioner operate at the occurrence of rollover. Therefore, do not tilt the vehicle to the right and
left with the IG ON or tilt the SRS-ECU to the right and left with the IG ON and the harness
installed.
WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the SRS-ECU. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop or subject the SRS-ECU to impact or vibration. If denting, cracking, deforma-
tion, or rust are discovered in the SRS-ECU, replace it with a new SRS-ECU.
After deployment of an air bag, replace the SRS-ECU with a new one.
Never use an ohmmeter on or near the SRS-ECU, and use only the special test equipment
described here P.52B-357.
Pre-removal Operation
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.

2 3
10 2 Nm
9.0 2.0 Nm 89 17 in-lb
80 17 in-lb

12 5 Nm
106 44 in-lb

ACA03426 AB

TSB Revision
52B-372 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS CONTROL UNIT (SRS-ECU)

Removal steps Installation steps


<<A>> 1. Negative () battery cable 5. SRS-ECU harness cover
connection >>A<< 4. SRS-ECU
Floor console bracket front (Refer 3. SRS-ECU mounting bolt
to GROUP 52A Front Floor >>B<< 2. SRS-ECU mounting bolt (ground
Console Assembly P.52A-9). bolt)
2. SRS-ECU mounting bolt (ground Floor console bracket front (Refer
bolt) to GROUP 52A Front Floor
3. SRS-ECU mounting bolt Console Assembly P.52A-9).
<<B>> 4. SRS-ECU 1. Negative () battery cable
5. SRS-ECU harness cover connection
>>C<< Post-installation inspection

REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS


.

<<A>> NEGATIVE () BATTERY CABLE DISCON-


NECTION
DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat-
tery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories con-
tain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Disconnect the negative battery cable from the battery and tape
Insulating tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and deployment.
Battery

Battery cable
ACX00583AF

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS CONTROL UNIT (SRS-ECU)
52B-373
<<B>> SRS-ECU REMOVAL
DANGER
The SRS-ECU adopts the rollover specification that
the curtain air bag and seat belt pre-tensioner operate
at the occurrence of rollover. Therefore, do not tilt the
vehicle to the right and left with the IG ON or tilt the
SRS-ECU to the right and left with the IG ON and the
harness installed.
While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the harness
side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow
to release the lock lever.
A

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS


.

>>A << SRS-ECU INSTALLATION


WARNING
The SRS may not activate if the SRS-ECU is not
installed properly, which could result in serious injury
or death to the vehicle's driver or front passenger.
.

>>B<< SRS-ECU MOUNTING BOLT (GROUND


BOLT) INSTALLATION
Check the head mark "E" and install the ground bolt.

Ground bolt head mark

AC105754 AD

TSB Revision
52B-374 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SRS CONTROL UNIT (SRS-ECU)

>>C<< POST-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


1. Reconnect the negative () battery cable.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
<Meter> SRS warning light 3. Does the "SRS" warning light illuminate for approximately
seven seconds, and then go out?
4. If yes, the SRS system is functioning properly. If not, refer to
P.52B-32.

AC905530 AB

INSPECTION
M1524002200777

WARNING Check the SRS-ECU connector for damage, and


If a dent, crack, deformation or rust is dis- the terminals for deformation.
covered, replace the SRS-ECU with a new NOTE: Refer to P.52B-32 for inspection of SRS-ECU
one. for other than physical damage.
Check the SRS-ECU and brackets for dents,
cracks or deformation.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING
52B-375
DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1524047500669

WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the air bag modules or clock spring. If faulty,
replace it.
Do not drop the air bag modules or clock spring or allow contact with water, grease or oil.
Replace it if a dent, crack, deformation or rust is detected.
The air bag modules should be stored on a flat surface with the pad cover facing upward.
Do not place anything on top of it.
Do not expose the air bag modules to temperatures over 93C (200F).
After the air bag deployment, replace the air bag module with a new one. Also, check the
clock spring, and replace with a new part if there is an abnormality.
Wear gloves and safety glasses when handling air bags that have already deployed.
Certain components of this vehicle, such as air bag modules and seat belt pre-tensioners,
may contain perchlorate materials. Special handling may apply. For additional informa-
tion, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
An undeployed air bag module should only be disposed of in accordance with the proce-
dures (Refer to P.52B-412).
When removing and installing the front passenger seat, be sure to carry out accuracy
check of the occupant classification sensor after the seat has been installed in the vehicle
(On-Vehicle Service P.52B-364).
After the installation, perform a calibration for the ASC-ECU to learn the steering wheel
sensor neutral point. (Refer to GROUP 35C, On-vehicle Service Steering Wheel Sensor
Calibration P.35C-273).
Pre-removal operation
Check that the front wheels are at the straight-ahead posi-
tion.

TSB Revision
52B-376 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING

1 Column switch

B
44 11 Nm
B
32 8 ft-lb

6 A
C 7
7 5 AC905017
8 Section A - A Section B - B

C
Claw Claw
2
Section C - C Driver air bag
module bracket
3
4

Steering wheel
lower cover
9.5 2.5 Nm
84 22 in-lb

ACA03542

ACA03427AB

Driver's air bag module removal Clock spring installation steps


steps >>A<< Pre-installation inspection
<<A>> 1. Negative () battery cable 8. Steering wheel sensor (Refer to
<<B>> 2. Driver's air bag module Group 35C Steering wheel sensor
3. Horn connector P.35C-284).
<<C>> 4. Driver's air bag module connector >>B<< 7. Clock spring
Driver's air bag module Steering column lower, upper cover
installation steps (Refer to Group 37 Steering
>>A<< Pre-installation inspection Column shaft assembly P.37-82).
4. Driver's air bag module connector >>C<< 6. Steering wheel assembly
3. Horn connector 5. Steering wheel remote control
>>C<< 2. Driver's air bag module harness connector
>>D<< Post-installation inspection 4. Driver's air bag module connector
Clock spring removal steps 3. Horn connector
<<A>> 2. Driver's air bag module 2. Driver's air bag module
3. Horn connector >>D<< Post-installation inspection
<<C>> 4. Driver's air bag module connector Required Special Tools:
5. Steering wheel remote control MB990784: Ornament Remover
harness connector
MB990803: Steering Wheel Puller
<<D>> 6. Steering wheel assembly
Steering column lower, upper cover
MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)

(Refer to Group 37 Steering MB991824:Vehicle Communication Inter-
Column shaft assembly P.37-82). face(V.C.I.)
<<E>> 7. Clock spring MB991827:M.U.T.-III USB Cable
8. Steering wheel sensor (Refer to MB991910:M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
Group 35C Steering wheel sensor MB992006: Extra Fine Probe
P.35C-284).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING
52B-377
REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS
.

<<A>> NEGATIVE () BATTERY CABLE DISCON-


NECTION
DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat-
tery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories con-
tain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable from the battery and
Insulating tape tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and air
Battery bag(s) deployment.
.

<<B>> DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL


CAUTION
Never use an electric tester to diagnose the air bag
module circuit. Never attempt to disassemble the air
Battery cable
ACX00583AF
bag module.
Be sure to store the removed air bag module in a clean
and dry place with a pad surface facing upward.
When discarding the air bag module, discard after
deploying the air bag as specified in the service proce-
dure (Refer to P.52B-412).
Using t-type long torx wrench (T30), a torx screw is loosened
completely and removed.

Equal to or more than


40mm (1.6 inch).

AC608854
AC609541AB

<<C>> DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE


CONNECTOR REMOVAL
Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button of
Locking button
wiring harness side connector, and release the lock.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

Driver's air bag module


harness side connector
ACA03543AB

TSB Revision
52B-378 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING

<<D>> STEERING WHEEL ASSEMBLY REMOVAL


CAUTION
Use the special tool to remove the steering wheel since the
steering column collision absorbing mechanism may be
damaged.
1. Position the steering wheel in a straight ahead direction.
2. Using special tool steering wheel puller (MB990803),
MB990803 remove the steering wheel assembly as shown in the figure.

AC607307AB

<<E>> CLOCK SPRING REMOVAL


CAUTION
The removed clock spring should be stored in a clean, dry
place.
Lift the connector lock of clock spring connector to the direction
of the arrow, then unlock and disconnect the connector.
Clock spring

Paddle shift

Connector lock

AC904863 AC

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS


.

>>A<< PRE-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


WARNING
Dispose of air bag modules only according to the
specified procedure (Refer to P.52B-412).
1. When installing the new air bag modules and clock spring,
refer to INSPECTION (P.52B-380).
2. Connect the negative () battery cable.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
3. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
5. Check DTCs using scan tool MB991958 to ensure entire
SRS operates properly.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING
52B-379
At this time, check that no DTC except B1401 and B1481
are set.
DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat-
tery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories con-
tain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
6. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable and tape the
terminal to prevent accidental connection and air bags
deployment.
.

>>B<< CLOCK SPRING INSTALLATION


CAUTION
If the center of the clock spring is not correctly aligned,
the steering wheel may not be turned fully or the cable
inside the clock spring may be broken, causing the
SRS airbag to be inoperative or operated incorrectly.
When aligning the clock spring neutral position mark,
perform with the clock spring independently. If per-
formed with the steering wheel sensor installed, the
steering wheel sensor may be damaged.
Align the mating marks of the clock spring.
Mark for
checking <Alignment of mating marks>
neutral point (1) Turn the clock spring clockwise fully.
(2) Turn the clock spring anti-clockwise approximately two
and 9/10 turns to align the mating marks.
(3) Check that the orange roller can be seen from the
window for checking the neutral point when the mating
marks are aligned.
NOTE: If the orange roller cannot be seen or black roller
Mating marks ACA03529AB
can be seen, the neutral point is not aligned correctly.
(4) Install the clock spring to the column switch.
.

TSB Revision
52B-380 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING

>>C<< STEERING WHEEL ASSEMBLY


INSTALLATION
CAUTION
When installing the steering wheel assembly, do not trap
the clock spring harness.
Rib for engagement 1. After checking that the clock spring center alignment is
with steering already performed, install the steering wheel assembly so
wheel assembly that its boss part is aligned with the rib of the clock spring
slowly.
2. After the installation, check that there is no abnormality
when the steering wheel is fully turned to left and right.

ACA03541AB

>>D<< POST-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


1. Reconnect the negative () battery cable.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
<Meter> SRS warning light 3. Does the "SRS" warning light illuminate for approximately
seven seconds, and go out?
4. If yes, the SRS system is functioning properly. If not, refer to
P.52B-32.

AC905530 AB

INSPECTION
M1524047600268
.

AIR BAG MODULE CHECK


DANGER
Never attempt to measure the circuit resistance of the
air bag modules (squib), even if you are using the
specified tester. If the circuit resistance is measured
with a tester, accidental air bag deployment will
result, and possible serious personal injury.
WARNING
If any component damage is found during the follow-
ing inspection, replace the air bag module with a new
one. Dispose of the old one according to the specified
procedure (Refer to P.52B-412).
1. Check the pad cover for dents, cracks or deformation.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING
52B-381
2. Check the connectors for damage, the terminals for
Inflator deformation, and the harness for binding.
3. Check the air bag inflator case for dents, cracks or
deformation.
4. Install the air bag module to the steering wheel and check fit
and alignment with the steering wheel.

Squib
connectors
ACA03012 AB

CLOCK SPRING
If any malfunction is found in the following inspections, replace
the clock spring with a new one.
1. Check the connectors and protective tubes for damage and
C-304
Case the terminal for deformation.
Horn/audio remote
control/cruise 2. Check the case for damage.
control connector
3. Check that the continuity exists between the following
C-304/C-312
connector terminals.
C-312 C-312 connector terminal 1 and C-304 connector terminal 1
C-312 connector terminal 2 and C-304 connector terminal 2
Protective C-312 connector terminal 3 and C-304 connector terminal 3
Driver's air bag
module connector
tube C-312 connector terminal 5 and C-304 connector terminal 5
ACA03431AB C-312 connector terminal 6 and C-304 connector terminal 6
C-312 connector terminal 7 and C-304 connector terminal 7
4. As shown in the Figure, connect the circuit tester to special
tool extra fine probe (MB992006) and check to see that
there is a charge between the terminals.

Digital
multi-meter

Extra fine probe


(MB992006)

Clock spring

ACA03432 AB

TSB Revision
52B-382 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG MODULE

PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG MODULE


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1524047300353

WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the air bag modules. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop the air bag modules or allow contact with water, grease or oil. Replace it if a
dent, crack, deformation or rust is detected.
The air bag modules should be stored on a flat surface with the pad cover facing upward.
Do not place anything on top of it.
Do not expose the air bag modules to temperatures over 93C (200F).
After the air bag deployment, replace the air bag module with a new one.
Wear gloves and safety glasses when handling air bags that have already deployed.
Certain components of this vehicle, such as air bag modules and seat belt pre-tensioners,
may contain perchlorate materials. Special handling may apply. For additional informa-
tion, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
An undeployed air bag module should only be disposed of in accordance with the proce-
dures (Refer to P.52B-412).
When removing and installing the front passenger seat, be sure to carry out accuracy
check of the occupant classification sensor after the seat has been installed in the vehicle
(On-Vehicle Service P.52B-364).
Pre-removal Operation
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.

2
5.0 1.0 Nm
44 8 in-lb

ACA00358 AB

Removal steps Installation steps


<<A>> 1. Negative () battery cable >>A<< Pre-installation inspection
<<B>> 2. Passengers (front) air bag module 3. Passengers (front) air bag module
connector Side defroster duct (Refer to
Side defroster duct (Refer to GROUP 52A Instrument Panel
GROUP 52A Instrument Panel Assembly P.52A-3).
Assembly P.52A-3). 2. Passengers (front) air bag module
<<C>> 3. Passengers (front) air bag module connector
1. Negative () battery cable
>>B<< Post-installation inspection

Required Special Tools: MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable


MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly) MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
MB991824: Vehicle Communication Inter-
face(V.C.I.)

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG MODULE
52B-383
REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS
.

<<A>> NEGATIVE () BATTERY CABLE DISCON-


NECTION
DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat-
tery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories con-
tain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable from the battery and
Insulating tape tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and air
Battery bag(s) deployment.

Battery cable
ACX00583AF

<<B>> PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG


MODULE CONNECTOR REMOVAL
1. Remove the grove box cover (Refer to GROUP 52A, Glove
Deck
Passenger's (front) crossmember Box P.52A-6).
air bag module 2. Slide the outer housing of the harness side connector in the
connector
arrow direction shown, and disconnect the connector.

Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC

TSB Revision
52B-384 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG MODULE

<<C>> PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG


MODULE REMOVAL
WARNING
The air bag module must not be measured with
such equipment as an ohmmeter.
The air bag module must not be disassembled.
The removed air bag module should be stored in a
clean, dry place with the deployment surface fac-
ing up.
Insert a flat-tipped screwdriver or similar tool to the location
shown in the figure. After disengaging the tabs, remove the
passenger's (front) air bag module.
Flat-tipped
screwdriver

Passenger's (front)
air bag module
ACA00360 AB

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS


.

>>A<< PRE-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


WARNING
Dispose of air bag modules only according to the
specified procedure (Refer to P.52B-412).
1. When installing the new air bag modules, refer to
INSPECTION (P.52B-385).
2. Connect the negative () battery cable.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
3. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
5. Check DTCs using scan tool MB991958 to ensure entire
SRS operates properly.
At this time, check that no DTC except B1411 and B1491
are set.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG MODULE
52B-385
DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat-
tery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories con-
tain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
6. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable and tape the
terminal to prevent accidental connection and air bags
deployment.
.

>>B<< POST-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


1. Reconnect the negative () battery cable.
2. Turn the ignition switch to ON position.
<Meter> SRS warning light 3. Does the "SRS" warning light illuminate for approximately
seven seconds, and go out?
4. If yes, the SRS system is functioning properly. If not, refer to
P.52B-32.

AC905530 AB

INSPECTION
M1524047400123

CAUTION
Never measure circuit resistance in the air bag modules
(squib) even with the specified tester. Measuring the
circuit resistance with a tester causes accidental air
bag deployment due to current that flows or static,
resulting in serious personal injury.
When replacing the parts, discard the old parts after
deploying the air bag according to the specified proce-
dure (Refer to P.52B-412).
If any malfunction is found in the following inspections, replace
the air bag module with a new one.
1. Check the harness and connector for damage and the ter-
Inflator minal for deformation.
2. Check the air bag inflator cases for dents, cracks or defor-
mation.
3. Check the air bag module for proper installation.

Squib connectors AC905161 AC

TSB Revision
52B-386 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
KNEE AIR BAG MODULE

KNEE AIR BAG MODULE


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1524044000308

WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the knee air bag modules. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop the knee air bag modules or allow contact with water, grease or oil. Replace it
if a dent, crack, deformation or rust is detected.
Do not expose the knee air bag modules to temperatures over 93C (200F).
After the air bag deployment, replace the air bag module with a new one.
Wear gloves and safety glasses when handling air bags that have already deployed.
Certain components of this vehicle, such as air bag modules and seat belt pre-tensioners,
may contain perchlorate materials. Special handling may apply. For additional informa-
tion, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
An undeployed knee air bag module should only be disposed of in accordance with the
procedures (Refer to P.52B-412).
When removing and installing the front passenger seat, be sure to carry out accuracy
check occupant classification sensor after the seat has been installed in the vehicle
(On-vehicle Service P.52B-364).
Pre-removal Operation
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.

5.0 1.0 Nm
44 87 in-lb
2 3 ACA03433 AB

Removal steps Installation steps


<<A>> 1. Negative () battery cable >>A<< Pre-installation inspection
connection >>B<< 3. Knee air bag module
Instrument panel lower (Refer to >>C<< 2. Knee air bag module connector
GROUP 52A, Instrument Lower Instrument panel lower (Refer to
Panel P.52A-8). GROUP 52A, Instrument Lower
<<B>> 2. Knee air bag module connector Panel P.52A-8).
<<C>> 2. Knee air bag module 1. Negative () battery cable
>>D<< Post-installation inspection

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
KNEE AIR BAG MODULE
52B-387
REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS
.

<<A>> NEGATIVE () BATTERY CABLE DISCON-


NECTION
DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat-
Insulating tape tery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
Battery P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories con-
tain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable from the battery and
Battery cable
ACX00583AF
tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and seat belt
pre-tensioner operation.
.

<<B>> KNEE AIR BAG MODULE CONNECTOR


REMOVAL
Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button of
Locking
Harness wiring harness side connector, and release the lock.
side connector
button .

<<C>> KNEE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL


WARNING
The air bag module must not be measured with
such equipment as an ohmmeter.
Flat-tipped
screwdriver The air bag module must not be disassembled.
AC609126 AJ The removed air bag module should be stored in a
clean, dry place with the deployment surface fac-
ing up.

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS


.

>>A<< PRE-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


WARNING
Dispose of knee air bag module only according to the
specified procedure (Refer to P.52B-412).
1. When installing the new knee air bag module, refer to
INSPECTION (P.52B-389).
2. Connect the negative () battery cable.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
3. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
5. Check DTCs using scan tool MB991958 to ensure entire
SRS operates properly.
At this time, check that no DTC except B1632 is set.

TSB Revision
52B-388 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
KNEE AIR BAG MODULE

DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat-
tery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories con-
tain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
6. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable and tape the
terminal to prevent accidental connection and air bag
deployment.
.

>>B<< KNEE AIR BAG MODULE INSTALLATION


CAUTION
Take care not to bend or distort the knee air bag when
installing it.
Take care that the surrounding components do not trap
the air bag.
Take care that the front pillar trim clips or other parts do
not interfere with the strap.
Connect the knee air bag module connector, then securely lock
the locking button of the harness-side connector.
.

>>C<< KNEE AIR BAG MODULE CONNECTOR


INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Connect the connector to the inflator thoroughly.
.

>>D<< POST-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


1. Connect the negative () battery cable.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
<Meter> SRS warning light 3. Does the "SRS" warning light illuminate for approximately
seven seconds, and go out?
4. If yes, the SRS system is functioning properly. If not, refer to
P.52B-32.

AC905530 AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
KNEE AIR BAG MODULE
52B-389
INSPECTION
M1524044100112
.

KNEE AIR BAG MODULE CHECK


DANGER
Never attempt to measure the circuit resistance of the
air bag modules (squib), even if you are using the
specified tester. If the circuit resistance is measured
with a tester, accidental air bag deployment will
result, and possible serious personal injury.
WARNING
If any component damage is found during the follow-
ing inspection, replace the air bag module with a new
one. Dispose of the old one according to the specified
procedure (Refer to P.52B-412).
1. Check the inflator surface for cracks, dents or deformations.
2. Check the air bag for breakage.
3. Check the connector for damage, the terminal for
deformation and the harness for binding.

Squib
connectors
Inflator
AC905433 AB

TSB Revision
52B-390 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SIDE-AIRBAG MODULE(S)

SIDE-AIRBAG MODULE(S)
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1524036500739

WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the side-air bag modules. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop the side-air bag modules or allow contact with water, grease or oil. Replace it
if a dent, crack, deformation or rust is detected.
Do not expose the side-air bag modules to temperatures over 93C (200F).
After the air bag deployment, replace the air bag module with a new one.
Wear gloves and safety glasses when handling air bags that have already deployed.
Certain components of this vehicle, such as air bag modules and seat belt pre-tensioners,
may contain perchlorate materials. Special handling may apply. For additional informa-
tion, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
An undeployed side-air bag module should only be disposed of in accordance with the
procedures (Refer to P.52B-412).
When removing and installing the front passenger seat, be sure to carry out accuracy
check occupant classification sensor after the seat has been installed in the vehicle
(On-vehicle Service P.52B-364).
Pre-removal Operation
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.

ACA03544
ACA03438 AB

Removal steps Installation steps


<<A>> 1. Negative () battery cable >>A<< Pre-installation inspection
Front seat assembly (Refer to 2. Front seatback frame assembly
Group 52AFront seat assembly (with side-airbag module) (Refer to
P.52A-42) Group 52AFront seat assembly
<<B>> 2. Front seatback frame assembly P.52A-46)
(with side-airbag module) (Refer to Front seat assembly (Refer to
Group 52AFront seat assembly Group 52AFront seat assembly
P.52A-46) P.52A-42)
1. Negative () battery cable
>>B<< Post-installation inspection

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SIDE-AIRBAG MODULE(S)
52B-391
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT
.

<<A>> NEGATIVE () BATTERY CABLE DISCON-


NECTION
DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat-
tery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories con-
tain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable from the battery and
Insulating tape tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and air
Battery bag(s) deployment.
.

<<B>> FRONT SEATBACK FRAME (WITH


SIDE-AIRBAG MODULE) REMOVAL
Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly.
Battery cable CAUTION
ACX00583AF When replacing the side-airbag module, replace the
seat frame assembly.
Never use an electric tester to diagnose the air bag
module circuit. Never attempt to disassemble the air
bag module.
Store the removed seatback frame assembly in a clean
and dry place.
When discarding the air bag module, discard after
deploying the air bag as specified in the service proce-
dure (Refer to P.52B-412).

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS


.

>>A<< PRE-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


WARNING
Dispose of side-air bag modules only according to
the specified procedure (Refer to P.52B-412).
1. When installing the new side-air bag modules, refer to
INSPECTION (P.52B-393).
2. Connect the negative () battery cable.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
3. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
5. Check DTCs using scan tool MB991958 to ensure entire
SRS operates properly.
At this time, check that no DTC except B1421, B1431 are
set.

TSB Revision
52B-392 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SIDE-AIRBAG MODULE(S)

DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat-
tery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories con-
tain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
6. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable and tape the
terminal to prevent accidental connection and air bags
deployment.
.

>>B<< POST-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


1. Reconnect the negative () battery cable.
2. Turn the ignition switch to ON position.
<Meter> SRS warning light 3. Does the "SRS" warning light illuminate for approximately
seven seconds, and go out?
4. If yes, the SRS system is functioning properly. If not, refer to
P.52B-32.

AC905530 AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SIDE-AIRBAG MODULE(S)
52B-393
INSPECTION
M1524036600231

FRONT SEATBACK ASSEMBLY WITH


SIDE-AIRBAG MODULE CHECK
DANGER
Never attempt to measure the circuit resistance of the
air bag module (squib), even if you are using the
specified tester. If the circuit resistance is measured
with a tester, accidental air bag deployment will
result, and possible serious personal injury.
WARNING
If any improper part is found during the following
inspection, replace the front seatback assembly with
a new one. Dispose of the old one according to the
specified procedure (Refer to P.52B-412).
1. Check the air bag module deployment section for dents or
Side-airbag module deformation.
deployment section 2. Check the connector for damage, the terminals for
deformation, and the harness for binding.

AC507151AB

TSB Revision
52B-394 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE(S)

CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE(S)


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1524013500716

WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the curtain air bag modules. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop the curtain air bag modules or allow contact with water, grease or oil. Replace
it if a dent, crack, deformation or rust is detected.
Do not expose the curtain air bag modules to temperatures over 93C (200F).
Wear gloves and safety glasses when handling air bags that have already deployed.
Certain components of this vehicle, such as air bag modules, may contain perchlorate
materials. Special handling may apply. For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
An undeployed curtain air bag module should only be disposed of in accordance with the
procedures (Refer to P.52B-412).
When removing and installing the front passenger seat, be sure to carry out accuracy
check occupant classification sensor after the seat has been installed in the vehicle.
(On-vehicle Service P.52B-364.)

Pre-removal Operation
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.

10 4 Nm
89 35 in-lb

10 4 Nm
89 35 in-lb
ACA03439 AB

Removal steps INSTALLATION STEPS


<<A>> 1. Negative () battery cable connection >>A<< Pre-installation inspection
Headlining (Refer to GROUP 52A, >>B<< 3. Curtain air bag module
Headlining P.52A-20). >>C<< 2. Curtain air bag module connector
<<B>> 2. Curtain air bag module connector connection
connection Headlining (Refer to GROUP 52A,
<<C>> 3. Curtain air bag module Headlining P.52A-20).
1. Negative () battery cable connection
>>D<< Post-installation inspection

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE(S)
52B-395
REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS
.

<<A>> NEGATIVE () BATTERY CABLE DISCON-


NECTION
DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat-
Insulating tape tery cable before doing any further work. (Refer to
Battery P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories con-
tain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable from the battery and
Battery cable
ACX00583AF
tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and seat belt
pre-tensioner operation.
.

<<B>> CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE CONNECTOR


REMOVAL
Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button of
Curtain air bag wiring Locking wiring harness side connector, and release the lock.
harness connector button
.

<<C>> CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL


Inflator
WARNING
The air bag module must not be measured with
Flat-tipped
such equipment as an ohmmeter.
screwdriver The air bag module must not be disassembled.
AC905436 AB The removed air bag module should be stored in a
clean, dry place with the deployment surface fac-
ing up.

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS


.

>>A<< PRE-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


WARNING
Dispose of curtain air bag module only according to
the specified procedure. (Refer to P.52B-24).
1. When installing the new curtain air bag module, refer to
INSPECTION (P.52B-397).
2. Connect the negative () battery cable.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
3. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
5. Check DTCs using scan tool MB991958 to ensure entire
SRS operates properly.
At this time, check that no DTC except B441 and B1451 are
set.

TSB Revision
52B-396 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE(S)

DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat-
tery cable before doing any further work. (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories con-
tain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
6. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable and tape the
terminal to prevent accidental connection and seat belt
pre-tensioner operation.
.

>>B<< CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Take care not to bend or distort the curtain air bag
when installing it.
Take care that the surrounding components do not trap
the air bag.
Take care that the front pillar trim clips or other parts do
not interfere with the strap.
.

>>C<< CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE CONNECTOR


CONNECTION
Connect the curtain air bag module connector, then securely
lock the locking button of the harness-side connector.
.

>>D<< POST-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


1. Connect the negative () battery cable.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
<Meter> SRS warning light 3. Does the "SRS" warning light illuminate for approximately
seven seconds, and go out?
4. If yes, the SRS system is functioning properly. If not, refer to
P.52B-32.

AC905530 AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE(S)
52B-397
INSPECTION
M1524013600326
.

CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE CHECK


DANGER
Never attempt to measure the circuit resistance of the
Inflator
air bag modules (squib), even if you are using the
specified tester. If the circuit resistance is measured
with a tester, accidental air bag deployment will
result, and possible serious personal injury.
WARNING
Curtain air bag module If any component damage is found during the follow-
deployment section ing inspection, replace the air bag module with a new
AC905565AC
one. Dispose of the old one according to the specified
procedure (Refer to P.52B-412).
1. Check that the curtain air bag deployment part of the
headlining is normal.
2. Check the inflator surface for cracks, dents or deformations.
3. Check the air bag for breakage.
4. Check the connector for damage, the terminal for
deformation and the harness for binding.

TSB Revision
52B-398 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR

SIDE IMPACT SENSOR


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1524004601451

WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the side impact sensor. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop or subject the side impact sensor to impact or vibration. Replace the side
impact sensor, if dents, cracking, deformation, or rust are present.
Replace the side impact sensor after the side and curtain air bag has deployed.

Pre-removal Operation
Turn the ignition key to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.

<Rear>
Forward
<Front> Center pillar trim lower

Forward

10 2 Nm
89 17 in-lb
2

2
10 2 Nm
89 17 in-lb
3
3 ACA03519

ACA03440 AB

Side impact sensor (front) Side impact sensor (front)


removal steps installation steps (Continued)
<<A>> 1. Negative () battery cable Center pillar trim lower (Refer to
connection GROUP 52A Interior Trim
Seat belt with pre-tensioner (Refer P.52A-13).
to P.52B-401). Seat belt with pre-tensioner (Refer
Center pillar trim lower (Refer to to P.52B-401).
GROUP 52A Interior Trim 1. Negative () battery cable
P.52A-13). connection
2. Side impact sensor (front) >>C<< Post-installation inspection
<<B>> 3. Side impact sensor (front) Side impact sensor (rear)
connector removal steps
Side impact sensor (front) <<A>> 1. Negative () battery cable
installation steps connection
>>A<< Pre-installation inspection Quarter trim, lower (Refer to
3. Side impact sensor (front) GROUP 52A, Interior Trim
connector P.52A-13.)
>>B<< 2. Side impact sensor (front)

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
52B-399
Side impact sensor (rear)
removal steps (Continued)
2. Side impact sensor (rear)
<<B>> 3. Side impact sensor (rear)
connector connection
Side impact sensor (Rear)
installation steps
>>A<< Pre-installation inspection
3. Side impact sensor (rear)
connector connection
>>B<< 2. Side impact sensor (rear)
Quarter trim, lower (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Interior Trim
P.52A-13).
1. Negative () battery cable
connection
>>C<< Post-installation inspection

NOTE: The illustration above shows the side impact


sensor (LH). The position of the side impact sensor
(RH) is symmetrical to this.

REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS


.

<<A>> NEGATIVE () BATTERY CABLE DISCON-


NECTION
DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat-
tery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories con-
tain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable from the battery and
Insulating tape tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and air bag
Battery deployment.

Battery cable
ACX00583AF

TSB Revision
52B-400 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR

<<B>> SIDE IMPACT SENSOR CONNECTOR


REMOVAL
Push the connector lock of side impact sensor connector to the
direction of the arrow, then unlock and disconnect the connec-
tor.
Side impact Connector lock
sensor

AC904777AG

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS


.

>>A<< PRE-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


Check the side impact sensor for dents, breakage and bending
and measure the resistance between the terminals, even when
installing a new side impact sensor.
.

>>B <<SIDE IMPACT SENSOR INSTALLATION


WARNING
If the side impact sensor is not installed securely and
correctly, the side-air bag may not operate normally.
Securely connect the connector.
.

>>C<< POST-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


1. Reconnect the negative () battery cable.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
<Meter> SRS warning light 3. Does the "SRS" warning light illuminate for approximately
seven seconds, and go out?
4. If yes, the SRS system is functioning properly. If not, refer to
P.52B-32.

AC905530 AB

INSPECTION
M1524004700790

WARNING 1. Check the side impact sensor and bracket for


If a dent, crack, deformation or rust is dents, cracks or deformation.
detected, replace with a new sensor. 2. Check the connector for damage, and terminals
NOTE: For checking of the side impact sensor other for deformation.
than described below, refer to the section concerning 3. Check that there is no bending or corrosion in the
SRS diagnosis (Refer to P.52B-32 ). center pillar.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SEAT BELTS WITH PRE-TENSIONER
52B-401
SEAT BELTS WITH PRE-TENSIONER
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1524004101779

WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the seat belt pre-tensioner. If faulty, replace it.
Be extremely careful when handling the seat with pre-tensioner. Do not subject it to
shocks, drop it, bring it close to strong magnets or allow contact with water, grease or oil.
Always replace it with a new part if any dents, cracks or deformation is found.
Do not place anything on the seat belt pre-tensioner.
Do not expose the seat belt pre-tensioner to temperatures over 90C (194F).
After operating the seat belt pre-tensioner, replace the seat belt pre-tensioner with a new
part.
Gloves and protective goggles must be worn when handling a seat belt pre-tensioner
once it has been used.
Certain components of this vehicle, such as seat belt pre-tensioners, may contain per-
chlorate materials. Special handling may apply. For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
If disposing of a seat belt with pre-tensioner which has not yet been operated, its seat belt
pre-tensioner must be operated first before disposal. (Refer to P.52B-412).
When removing and installing the front passenger seat belt, be sure to carry out accuracy
check of the occupant classification sensor after the seat has been installed in the vehi-
cle. (On-Vehicle Service P.52B-364.)

TSB Revision
52B-402 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SEAT BELTS WITH PRE-TENSIONER

Pre-removal Operation
Turn the ignition key to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.

3
43 8 Nm
32 5 ft-lb
6

5.0 1.0 Nm
44 8 in-lb
43 8 Nm
32 5 ft-lb

5
43 8 Nm
32 5 ft-lb
2

ACA00681AC

Removal steps Installation steps


<<A>> 1. Negative () battery cable >>A<< Pre-installation inspection
connection 6. Seat belt with pre-tensioner
2. Outer seat belt mounting bolt 5. Seat belt pre-tensioner connector
Front scuff plate, scuff plate rear, 4. Center pillar trim upper
center pillar trim lower (Refer to 3. Center pillar trim upper cap (Refer
GROUP 52A Interior Trim to GROUP 52A Interior Trim
P.52A-13). P.52A-13).
3. Center pillar trim upper cap (Refer Front scuff plate, scuff plate rear,
to GROUP 52A Interior Trim center pillar trim lower (Refer to
P.52A-13). GROUP 52A Interior Trim
4. Center pillar trim upper P.52A-13).
<<B>> 5. Seat belt pre-tensioner connector 2. Outer seat belt mounting bolt
<<C>> 6. Seat belt with pre-tensioner 1. Negative () battery cable
connection
>>B<< Post-installation inspection

Required Special Tools: MB991827:M.U.T.-III USB Cable


MB991958: Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly) MB991910:M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
MB991824:Vehicle Communication Inter-
face(V.C.I.)

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SEAT BELTS WITH PRE-TENSIONER
52B-403
REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS
.

<<A>> NEGATIVE () BATTERY CABLE DISCON-


NECTION
DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat-
Insulating tape tery cable before doing any further work. (Refer to
Battery P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories con-
tain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable from the battery and
Battery cable
ACX00583AF
tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and seat belt
pre-tensioner operation.
.

<<B>> SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER


CONNECTOR DISCONNECTION
Seat belt pre-tensioner
Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button of
harness side connector wiring harness side connector, and release the lock.

Locking
button

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904862 AC

<<C>> SEAT BELT WITH PRE-TENSIONER


REMOVAL
CAUTION
When discarding the seat belt with pre-tensioner, discard
after operating the pre-tensioner as specified in the ser-
vice procedure. (Refer to P.52B-412.)

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS


.

>>A<< PRE-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


WARNING
Dispose of seat belt pre-tensioner only according to
the specified procedure. (Refer to P.52B-412).
1. When installing the new seat belt pre-tensioner, refer to
INSPECTION (P.52B-405).
2. Connect the negative () battery cable.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before con-
necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
3. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.

TSB Revision
52B-404 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SEAT BELTS WITH PRE-TENSIONER

4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.


5. Check DTCs using scan tool MB991958 to ensure entire
SRS operates properly.
At this time, check that no DTC except B1608 and B1C49
are set.
DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat-
tery cable before doing any further work. (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories con-
tain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
6. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable and tape the
terminal to prevent accidental connection and seat belt
pre-tensioner operation.
.

>>B<< PRE-TENSIONER CONNECTOR


CONNECTION
Connect the pre-tensioner connector then securely lock the
locking button of the harness-side connector.
.

>>C<< POST-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


1. Reconnect the negative () battery cable.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
<Meter> SRS warning light 3. Does the "SRS" warning light illuminate for approximately
seven seconds, and go out?
4. If yes, the SRS system is functioning properly. If not, refer to
P.52B-32.

AC905530 AB

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SEAT SLIDE SENSOR
52B-405
INSPECTION
M1524004200803

WARNING
If any component damage is found during the fol-
lowing inspection, replace the seat belt with
pre-tensioner with a new one. Dispose of the old
one according to the specified procedure (Refer to
P.52B-412).
Never attempt to measure the circuit resistance of
the seat belt pre-tensioner even if you are using
the specified tester. If the circuit resistance is mea-
sured with a tester, accidental seat belt pre-ten-
sioner operation will result in serious personal
injury.
1. Check seat belt pre-tensioner for dents, cracks or
deformation.
2. Check the connectors for damage, the terminals for
deformation, and the harness for binding.

SEAT SLIDE SENSOR


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1524025300203

WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the seat slide sensor. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop or subject the seat slide sensor to impact or vibration. Replace the seat slide
sensor, if dents, cracking, deformation, or rust are present.
Pre-removal Operation
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.

Seat slide sensor

ACA03527AB

TSB Revision
52B-406 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SEAT SLIDE SENSOR

Removal steps Installation steps


<<A>> 1. Negative () battery cable >>A<< Pre-installation inspection
Front seat cushion frame <Drivers Front seat cushion frame <Drivers
side> (Seat slide sensor) (Refer to side> (Seat slide sensor) (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Front seat assembly GROUP 52A, Front seat assembly
P.52A-42) P.52A-42)
1. Negative () battery cable
>>B<< Post-installation inspection

REMOVAL SERVICE POINT


.

<<A>> NEGATIVE () BATTERY CABLE DISCON-


NECTION
DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat-
tery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories con-
tain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable from the battery and
Insulating tape tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and air
Battery bag(s) deployment.

Battery cable
ACX00583AF

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS


.

>>A<< PRE-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


Check the seat slide sensor for dents, breakage and bending
and measure the resistance between the terminals, even when
installing a new seat slide sensor.
.

>>B<< POST-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


1. Reconnect the negative () battery cable.
2. Turn the ignition key to "ON" position.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SEAT SLIDE SENSOR
52B-407
<Meter> SRS warning light 3. Does the "SRS" warning light illuminate for approximately
seven seconds, and then go out?
4. If yes, the SRS system is functioning properly.
If not, consult page P.52B-32.

AC905530 AB

INSPECTION
M1524025400147

WARNING
If a dent, crack, deformation or rust is detected,
replace with a new sensor.
NOTE: For checking of the seat slide sensor other than
described below, refer to the section concerning SRS diagnosis
(Refer to P.52B-32).
1. Check the seat slide sensor for dent, cracks or deformation.
2. Check the connector for damage, and terminals for
deformation.
3. Check that there is no bending or corrosion in the slide
adjuster.

TSB Revision
52B-408 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION-ECU

OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION-ECU
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1524053100013

WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the occupant classification-ECU. If faulty, replace
it.
Do not drop or subject the occupant classification-ECU to impact or vibration. Replace
the occupant classification-ECU, if dents, cracking, deformation, or rust are present.
Pre-removal Operation
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.

Occupant
classification-ECU

ACA03528AB

Removal steps Installation steps


<<A>> 1. Negative () battery cable >>A<< Pre-installation inspection
Front seat cushion frame <Drivers Front seat cushion frame <Drivers
side> (Occupant side> (Occupant
classification-ECU) (Refer to classification-ECU) (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Front seat assembly GROUP 52A, Front seat assembly
P.52A-42) P.52A-42)
1. Negative () battery cable
>>B<< Post-installation inspection

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION-ECU
52B-409
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT
.

<<A>> NEGATIVE () BATTERY CABLE DISCON-


NECTION
DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat-
tery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories con-
tain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable from the battery and
Insulating tape tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and air
Battery bag(s) deployment.

Battery cable
ACX00583AF

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS


.

>>A<< PRE-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


Check the occupant classification-ECU for dents, breakage and
bending and measure the resistance between the terminals,
even when installing a new occupant classification-ECU.
.

>>B<< POST-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


1. Reconnect the negative () battery cable.
2. Turn the ignition key to "ON" position.
<Meter> SRS warning light 3. Does the "SRS" warning light illuminate for approximately
seven seconds, and then go out?
4. If yes, the SRS system is functioning properly.
If not, consult page P.52B-32.

AC905530 AB

TSB Revision
52B-410 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR

INSPECTION
M1524053200010

WARNING
If a dent, crack, deformation or rust is detected,
replace with a new sensor.
NOTE: For checking of the occupant classification-ECU other
than described below, refer to the section concerning SRS
diagnosis (Refer to P.52B-32).
1. Check the occupant classification-ECU for dent, cracks or
deformation.
2. Check the connector for damage, and terminals for
deformation.
3. Check that there is no bending or corrosion in the slide
adjuster.

PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1524053400014

WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the weigth sensor. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop or subject the weigth sensor to impact or vibration. Replace the weigth sen-
sor, if dents, cracking, deformation, or rust are present.
Pre-removal Operation
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.

Weight sensor
(Rear: LH)
Weight sensor
(Front: LH)

Weight sensor
(Rear: RH)

Weight sensor
(Front: RH)
ACA03528AC

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
52B-411
Removal steps Installation steps
<<A>> 1. Negative () battery cable >>A<< Pre-installation inspection
Front seat cushion frame Front seat cushion frame
<Passengers side> (Weight <Passengers side> (Weight
sensor) (Refer to GROUP 52A, sensor) (Refer to GROUP 52A,
Front seat assembly P.52A-42) Front seat assembly P.52A-42)
1. Negative () battery cable
>>B<< Post-installation inspection

REMOVAL SERVICE POINT


.

<<A>> NEGATIVE () BATTERY CABLE DISCON-


NECTION
DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat-
tery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories con-
tain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable from the battery and
Insulating tape tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and air
Battery bag(s) deployment.

Battery cable
ACX00583AF

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS


.

>>A<< PRE-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


Check the passengers seat weigth sensor for dents, breakage
and bending and measure the resistance between the termi-
nals, even when installing a new front seat cushion frame (pas-
sengers seat weigth sensor).
.

>>B<< POST-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


1. Reconnect the negative () battery cable.
2. Turn the ignition key to "ON" position.

TSB Revision
52B-412 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

<Meter> SRS warning light 3. Does the "SRS" warning light illuminate for approximately
seven seconds, and then go out?
4. If yes, the SRS system is functioning properly.
If not, consult page P.52B-32.

AC905530 AB

INSPECTION
M1524053500011

WARNING
If a dent, crack, deformation or rust is detected,
replace with a new sensor.
NOTE: For checking of the passengers seat weigth sensor
other than described below, refer to the section concerning
SRS diagnosis (Refer to P.52B-32).
1. Check the passengers seat weigth sensor for dent, cracks
or deformation.
2. Check the connector for damage, and terminals for
deformation.
3. Check that there is no bending or corrosion in the slide
adjuster.

AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES


M1524001202060
When discarding the air bag modules or a vehicle with SRS air
bags, be sure to deploy the air bags in advance as specified in
the service procedure that follows.
DISPOSAL OF UNDEPLOYED AIR BAG
MODULES
CAUTION
If the vehicle is to be scrapped or disposed of, deploy
the air bags inside the vehicle.
If the vehicle is still to be used and only the air bag
modules are to be discarded, deploy the air bags out-
side the vehicle.
Since a large amount of smoke is produced when the
air bags are deployed, avoid residential areas when-
ever possible. Also, do not perform the operation near
the smoke detector.
Since there is substantial report when the air bags are
deployed, avoid residential areas whenever possible. If
anyone is nearby, give warning of the impending noise.
Suitable ear protection must be put on by personnel
performing these procedures or by people in the imme-
diate area.
.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
52B-413
DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE DEPLOYMENT
INSIDE THE VEHICLE
1. Move the vehicle to flat and isolated spot.
CAUTION
Disconnect the battery cable connection, and wait for 60
seconds or more before starting the work.
2. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.
3. Remove the Steering column lower cover (Refer to GROUP
37 Steering column shaft assembly P.37-82).
4. Remove the connection between the C-313 clock spring
connector (4-pin) and the harness side connector (4-pin).
NOTE: Once disconnected from the instrument panel wiring
C-313 Clock spring harness, both electrodes of the clock spring connector short
connector (4-pin)
automatically. This prevents the driver's air bag from acci-
dental deployment caused by static, etc.

C-313 Harness side


connector (4-pin)
ACA03526 AB

5. Obtain two suitable wires, which are 6 m or longer, as


Deployment wires deployment wires. Then connect the wires at one end to
Connection short.
6. Touch the vehicle's body with bare hands to discharge static
in you.

6 m or longer
AC300381AD

C-313 Clock spring 7. Cut with a pliers, etc. the instrument panel wiring harness
C-313 Harness side
connector (4-pin)
connector (4-pin)
shown in the figure of the instructions, while the C-313 clock
spring connector is disconnected.
NOTE: The disconnection location should be sufficiently
away from the C-313 harness side connector with consider-
ation to the expansion harness connection location upon
Insulator tape
disconnections.
Connection 8. Connect the deployment wires on the two instrument panel
wiring harnesses disconnected, cover the connection areas
Deployment wire ACA00117AB with insulator tape and then pull out the deployment wires
outside the vehicle.
9. Connect the C-313 harness side connector connected with
an expansion harness to the C-313 clock spring connector.

TSB Revision
52B-414 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

WARNING
If the glass is scratched, the glass may be shattered
at deployment. Therefore, cover with a vehicle cover
Cover
to avoid danger.
10.In order to suppress the operation sound as much as
possible, fully close all the door windows, close the doors,
and then cover the vehicle with a vehicle cover.
Deployment wire
6 m (20 ft) or longer CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present inside or near the
vehicle before deploying the air bag.
ACX01308AE
Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the air bag module does not deploy, consult with your
distributor.
11.Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the vehicle. Then, connect the wires to the
removed vehicle battery to deploy the air bag module.
12.Discard the deployed air bag module according to the
disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-426).
.

PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG MODULE


DEPLOYMENT INSIDE THE VEHICLE
1. Move the vehicle to flat and isolated spot.
CAUTION
Disconnect the battery cable connection, and wait for 60
seconds or more before starting the work.
2. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.
3. Remove the glove box.
4. Disconnect the connector while sliding the wiring harness
Deck
Passenger's (front) crossmember side of passenger's (front) air bag module shown in the
air bag module figure to the direction of the arrow.
connector
NOTE: When the passenger's (front) air bag module con-
nector is disconnected from the inflator, the two pins of infla-
tor connector are automatically shorted. This prevents the
unintentional deployment of passenger's (front) air bags
Outer housing of caused by the static or others.
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC

Connection
5. Connect the deployment wires of 6 m or more to each of the
two wiring harnesses of special tool adapter harness
Deployment wires
(MB992102), and cover the connection areas with insulation
tape. Keep the other ends of deployment wires connected to
each other (shorted).
MB992102
6 m (20 ft) or NOTE: This prevents the unintentional deployment of pas-
longer senger's (front) air bags caused by the static or others.
Insulator tape

AC502991AE

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
52B-415
6. Connect the adapter harness to the passenger's (front) air
Passenger's (front) air bag bag module, and then pull out the deployment wire to
module connector outside the vehicle.

Heater unit
MB992102

Deployment wires

AC905395AC
WARNING
If the glass is scratched, the glass may be shattered
at deployment. Therefore, cover with a vehicle cover
Cover
to avoid danger.
7. In order to suppress the operation sound as much as
possible, fully close all the door windows, close the doors,
and then cover the vehicle with a vehicle cover.
Deployment wire
6 m (20 ft) or longer CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present inside or near the
vehicle before deploying the air bag.
ACX01308AE
Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the air bag module does not deploy, consult with your
distributor.
8. Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the vehicle. Then, connect the wires to the
removed vehicle battery to deploy the air bag module.
9. Discard the deployed air bag module according to the
disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-426).
.

KNEE AIR BAG MODULE DEPLOYMENT INSIDE


THE VEHICLE
1. Move the vehicle to flat and isolated spot.
CAUTION
Disconnect the battery cable connection, and wait for 60
seconds or more before starting the work.
2. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.
3. Remove the instrument panel cover lower (Refer to GROUP
52A Instrument lower panel P.52A-8).
4. Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
Harness side
connector
of harness side connector. After releasing the lock,
Locking button disconnect the connector.
Inflator NOTE: When the harness side connector is disconnected
from the inflator, the two pins of inflator connector are auto-
matically shorted. This prevents the unintentional deploy-
ment of knee air bag caused by the static or others.
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AF

TSB Revision
52B-416 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

Connection 5. Connect the deployment wires of 6 m or more to each of the


two wiring harnesses of special tool adapter harness
(MB661885), and cover the connection areas with insulation
tape. Keep the other ends of deployment wires connected to
6 m (20 ft) or each other (shorted).
MB991885
longer NOTE: This prevents the unintentional deployment of knee
Deployment wires air bag caused by the static or others.

Insulator tape

AC103480 AJ

6. Connect the adapter harness to the inflator, and then pull out
MB991885
the deployment wire to outside the vehicle.

Inflator

Deployment wire

AC609127AC
WARNING
If the glass is scratched, the glass may be shattered
at deployment. Therefore, cover with a vehicle cover
Cover
to avoid danger.
7. In order to suppress the operation sound as much as
possible, fully close all the door windows, close the doors,
and then cover the vehicle with a vehicle cover.
Deployment wire
6 m (20 ft) or longer CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present inside or near the
vehicle before deploying the air bag.
ACX01308AE
Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the air bag module does not deploy, consult with your
distributor.
8. Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the vehicle. Then, connect the wires to the
removed vehicle battery to deploy the air bag module.
9. Discard the deployed air bag module according to the
disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-426).
.

SIDE-AIRBAG MODULE DEPLOYMENT INSIDE


THE VEHICLE
1. Move the vehicle to flat and isolated spot.
CAUTION
Disconnect the battery cable connection, and wait for 60
seconds or more before starting the work.
2. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
52B-417
3. Disconnect the connections of the side-airbag module
Side-airbag module connector (2-pin: yellow) and the floor harness connector
connector (2-pin: yellow).
(2-pin, yellow)
CAUTION
Make sure to deploy both driver's and front passenger's
Floor wiring side-airbags.
harness side
connector NOTE: When the side-airbag module connector is discon-
(2-pin, yellow) nected from the floor harness, the two pins of side-airbag
module connector are automatically shorted. This prevents
AC507006 AC
the unintentional deployment of side-airbags caused by the
static or others.
4. Prepare two deployment wires of 6 m or more, and keep the
Deployment wires terminal at one end connected to that of the other wire
Connection (shorted).
NOTE: This prevents the air bags from unintentional deploy-
ment caused by static.
CAUTION
The following procedures are intended to prevent the unin-
tentional deployment caused by the static. Therefore,
6 m or longer make sure to perform the procedures.
AC100450AC
5. Touch the vehicle body with bare hands to release the
charged static.
AC506241 6. With the side-airbag module connector disconnected, cut
Side-airbag module connector
(2-pin, yellow) the floor harness using a nipper or similar tools.
7. Connect the deployment wire to each of two cut wiring
Harness side connector harnesses. After covering the connection areas with
(2-pin, yellow) insulation tape, pull out the deployment wire to outside the
vehicle.
Connection 8. Connect the floor harness, to which the deployment wire is
connected, to the side-airbag module connector.
Deployment
wires Insulator tape
AC506974 AC

WARNING
If the glass is scratched, the glass may be shattered
at deployment. Therefore, cover with a vehicle cover
Cover
to avoid danger.
9. In order to suppress the operation sound as much as
possible, fully close all the door windows, close the doors,
and then cover the vehicle with a vehicle cover.
Deployment wire
6 m (20 ft) or longer CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present inside or near the
vehicle before deploying the air bag.
ACX01308AE
Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the air bag module does not deploy, consult with your
distributor.
10.Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the vehicle. Then, connect the wires to the
removed vehicle battery to deploy the side-airbag module.

TSB Revision
52B-418 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

11.Discard the deployed air bag module according to the


disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-426).
.

CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE DEPLOYMENT


INSIDE THE VEHICLE
1. Move the vehicle to flat and isolated spot.
CAUTION
Disconnect the battery cable connection, and wait for 60
seconds or more before starting the work.
2. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.
3. Remove the headlining (Refer to GROUP 52A - Headlining
P.52A-20).
4. Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
Curtain air bag wiring Locking of curtain air bag harness connector. After releasing the
harness connector button
lock, disconnect the connector.
NOTE: When the curtain air bag module connector is dis-
Inflator connected from the inflator, the two pins of inflator connector
are automatically shorted. This prevents the unintentional
deployment of curtain air bags caused by the static or oth-
Flat-tipped ers.
screwdriver
AC905436 AB

Connection 5. Connect the deployment wires of 6 m or more to each of the


two wiring harnesses of special tool adapter harness
(MB661885), and cover the connection areas with insulation
tape. Keep the other ends of deployment wires connected to
6 m (20 ft) or each other (shorted).
MB991885
longer NOTE: This prevents the unintentional deployment of cur-
Deployment wires tain air bags caused by the static or others.

Insulator tape

AC103480 AJ

6. Connect the adapter harness to the inflator, and then pull out
Inflator the deployment wire to outside the vehicle.
Deployment wires

MB991885

AC301520 AH

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
52B-419

WARNING
If the glass is scratched, the glass may be shattered
at deployment. Therefore, cover with a vehicle cover
Cover
to avoid danger.
7. In order to suppress the operation sound as much as
possible, fully close all the door windows, close the doors,
and then cover the vehicle with a vehicle cover.
Deployment wire
6 m (20 ft) or longer CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present inside or near the
vehicle before deploying the air bag.
ACX01308AE
Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the air bag module does not deploy, consult with your
distributor.
8. Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the vehicle. Then, connect the wires to the
removed vehicle battery to deploy the air bag module.
9. Discard the deployed air bag module according to the
disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-426).
.

DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE DEPLOYMENT


OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE
CAUTION
Deploy the air bag in the wide open, flat place with a
distance of 6 m or more from obstacles and people.
When deploying the air bag in the open space, do not
deploy when the strong wind is blowing. Even with a
slight breeze, ignite at the windward of the air bag mod-
ule.
CAUTION
Disconnect the battery cable connection, and wait for 60
seconds or more before starting the work.
1. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.
CAUTION
When the connector is disconnected, the two pins of air
bag module are automatically shorted to prevent the unin-
tentional deployment caused by the static or others. How-
ever, in preparation for the accidental deployment, store
the air bag module on a flat place with the deployment sur-
face facing upward. Also, do not put anything on it.
2. Remove the drivers air bag module from the vehicle (Refer
to P.52B-375).

TSB Revision
52B-420 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

3. Cut the part shown to connect the adapter harness (Special


tool: MB991885) to the driver's airbag module connector .

MB991885
A

View A
<Before> Cutting part

<After>

AC905199

AC905252AC

Connection 4. Connect the deployment wires of 6 m or more to each of the


two wiring harnesses of special tool adapter harness
(MB991885), and cover the connection areas with insulation
tape. Keep the other ends of deployment wires connected to
6 m (20 ft) or each other (shorted).
MB991885
longer NOTE: This prevents the unintentional activation of inflator
Deployment wires caused by the static or others.
5. Connect the adapter harness to the driver's air bag module.
Insulator tape
6. To the torx screw installation hole located at the backside of
AC103480 AJ air bag module, tie a thick wire for fixing the wheel.
7. Pass the deployment wire connected to the air bag module
Driver's air bag module
underneath the old tire with wheel. Then, fix the air bag
module with deployment surface facing upward using the
wire which is tied to the bolt.
Deployment
wires

AC100482AC

8. Place three old tires without wheel onto the tire to which the
Old tires air bag module is fixed.
without wheels

Deployment wires
ACX00610 AD

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
52B-421

CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present near the air bag mod-
ule before deploying the air bag.
Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the air bag module does not deploy, consult with your
distributor.
9. Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
Deployment wires as possible from the air bag module. Then, connect the
Vehicle battery ACX01313 AD wires to the removed vehicle battery to deploy the air bag
module.
10.Discard the deployed air bag module according to the
disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-426).
.

PASSENGER'S (FRON) AIR BAG MODULE


DEPLOYMENT OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE
CAUTION
Deploy the air bag in the wide open, flat place with a
distance of 6 m or more from obstacles and people.
When deploying the air bag in the open space, do not
deploy when the strong wind is blowing. Even with a
slight breeze, ignite at the windward of the air bag mod-
ule.
CAUTION
Before starting the work, wait for 60 seconds or more after
the disconnection of the battery cable. (Refer to the item 5
P.52B-24 of Service Precautions.)
1. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.
CAUTION
When the connector is disconnected, the two pins of air
bag module are automatically shorted to prevent the unin-
tentional deployment caused by the static or others. How-
ever, in preparation for the accidental deployment, store
the air bag module on a flat place with the deployment sur-
face facing upward. Also, do not put anything on it.
2. Remove the passenger's (front) air bag module from the
vehicle (Refer to P.52B-382).
Connection
3. Connect the deployment wires of 6m or more to each of the
two wiring harnesses of special tool adapter harness
Deployment wires
(MB992102), and cover the connection areas with insulation
tape. Keep the other ends of deployment wires connected to
each other (shorted).
MB992102
6 m (20 ft) or NOTE: This prevents the unintentional deployment of front
longer passenger's air bags caused by the static or others.
Insulator tape
4. Connect the adapter harness to the passenger's (front) air
bag module.
AC502991AE

TSB Revision
52B-422 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

5. Pass a thick wire through the hole of air bag module bracket.
Passenger's (front) air bag module Then, with the air bag module deployment surface facing
upward, fix the module to the old tire with wheel.

Deployment
wires

AC300520AC

6. Place three old tires without wheel onto the tire to which the
air bag module is fixed. Then, tie and fix all the tires with
Old tires rope (4 positions).
without wheels
NOTE: The passenger's (front) air bag has a larger deploy-
ment volume than the driver's air bag. Therefore, it is neces-
sary to tie the tires with rope.

Deployment wires
ACX00611 AC
CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present near the air bag mod-
ule before deploying the air bag.
Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the air bag module does not deploy, consult with your
distributor.
7. Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the air bag module. Then, connect the
Deployment wires
ACX01315AD wires to the removed vehicle battery to deploy the air bag
module.
8. Discard the deployed air bag module according to the
disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-426).
.

SIDE-AIRBAG MODULE DEPLOYMENT OUTSIDE


THE VEHICLE
CAUTION
Deploy the air bag in the wide open, flat place with a
distance of 6 m or more from obstacles and people.
When deploying the air bag in the open space, do not
deploy when the strong wind is blowing. Even with a
slight breeze, ignite at the windward of the air bag mod-
ule.
CAUTION
Before starting the work, wait for 60 seconds or more after
the disconnection of the battery cable. (Refer to the item 5
P.52B-24 of Service Precautions.)
1. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
52B-423
2. Remove the front seat assembly incorporated in side-airbag
from the vehicle (GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
CAUTION
When the connector is disconnected, the two pins of
side-airbag module are automatically shorted to prevent
the unintentional deployment caused by the static or oth-
ers. However, in preparation for the accidental deploy-
ment, store the air bag module on a flat place with the
deployment surface facing upward. Also, do not put any-
thing on it.
3. Remove the side-airbag module from the front seat
assembly incorporated in the side-airbag (Refer to
P.52B-390).
4. Prepare two deployment wires of 6 m or more, and keep the
Deployment wires terminal at one end connected to that of the other wire
Connection (shorted).
NOTE: This prevents the air bags from unintentional deploy-
ment caused by static.
CAUTION
The following procedures are intended to prevent the unin-
tentional deployment caused by the static. Therefore,
6 m or longer make sure to perform the procedures.
AC100450AC
5. Touch the vehicle body with bare hands to release the
charged static.
6. Cut off the side-airbag module wiring harness connector
Side-airbag module
from the wiring harness with nippers. Connect the
deployment wire to each of the two cut wiring harnesses,
and cover the connection areas with insulation tape.

Insulator tape
Connection

Deployment wires AC406391AD

7. Pass the deployment wire under the tire with wheel, and
Side-air bag module connect it to the side-airbag module connector.
8. Install a surplus nut to the side-airbag module bolt. Then, tie
a thick wire for fixing the wheel to the bolt. Fix the
side-airbag module to the wheel of old tire with the module
deployment surface facing upward.

Deployment wires
AC300990 AJ

TSB Revision
52B-424 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

9. Place three old tires without wheel onto the tire to which the
side-airbag module is fixed. Then, tie and fix all the tires with
Old tires rope. (4 positions)
without wheels

Deployment wires
ACX00611 AC
CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present near the air bag mod-
ule before deploying the air bag.
Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the air bag module does not deploy, consult with your
distributor.
10.Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
Deployment wires
as possible from the air bag module. Then, connect the
ACX01315AD wires to the removed vehicle battery to deploy the air bag
module.
11.Discard the deployed air bag module according to the
disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-426.
.

CURTAIN AIR BAG INFLATOR ACTIVATION


OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE
CAUTION
Activate the inflator in the wide open, flat place with a
distance of 6 m or more from obstacles and people.
When deploying in the open space, do not deploy when
the strong wind is blowing. Even with a slight breeze,
ignite at the windward of the inflator.
CAUTION
Before starting the work, wait for 60 seconds or more after
the disconnection of the battery cable. (Refer to the item 5
P.52B-24 of Service Precautions.)
1. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.
CAUTION
When the connector is disconnected, the two pins of infla-
tor are automatically shorted to prevent the unintentional
activation caused by the static or others. However, in prep-
aration for the accidental activation, store the air bag mod-
ule on a flat place with the activation surface facing
upward. Also, do not put anything on it.
2. Remove the headlining (Refer to GROUP 52A - Headlining
P.52A-20).

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
52B-425
3. Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
Curtain air bag wiring Locking of curtain air bag harness connector. After releasing the
harness connector button
lock, disconnect the connector.
NOTE: When the harness connector is disconnected from
Inflator the inflator, the two pins of inflator connector are automati-
cally shorted. This prevents the unintentional activation of
inflator caused by the static or others.
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC905436 AB

4. Cut the inflator from the air bag as shown in the figure using
Inflator
a cutter or a similar tool.

Air bag
AC303536AB

Connection 5. Connect the deployment wires of 6 m or more to each of the


two wiring harnesses of special tool adapter harness
(MB991885), and cover the connection areas with insulation
tape. Keep the other ends of deployment wires connected to
6 m (20 ft) or each other (shorted).
MB991885
longer NOTE: This prevents the unintentional activation of inflator
Deployment wires caused by the static or others.

Insulator tape

AC103480 AJ

Old tire 6. Feed a thick wire through the bracket of the inflator, and
without wheel connect it to an old tire with a wheel.
7. Connect the adapter harness to the inflator connector.
MB991885

Inflator

Wire AC303641 AD

8. Place the tire to which the inflator is fixed onto the two
stacked tires. Then, place 1 or more old tires without wheel
Old tires onto the stacked tires, and tie and fix all the tires with rope.
without wheels (4 positions)

Deployment wires
ACX00611 AC

TSB Revision
52B-426 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present near the inflator
before the activation.
Immediately after the inflator activation, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the inflator does not activate, consult with your dis-
tributor.
9. Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the inflator. Then, connect the wires to the
Deployment wires
ACX01315AD removed vehicle battery to activate the inflator.
10.Discard the activated inflator according to the disposal
procedures (Refer to P.52B-426).

DISCARD OF DEPLOYED AIR BAG MODULE


After deployment and operation, the air bag module and seat
belt pre-tensioner should be disposed of in the same manner
as any other scrap parts, adhering to local laws and/or legisla-
tion. Observe the following precautions during air bag or seat
belt pre-tensioner disposal:
1. Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator for
30 minutes or more to cool.
2. Do not pour water or oil onto the deployed air bag module.
3. To the deployed air bag module, substances that irritate
eyes and skin may be deposited. Therefore, wear gloves
and protective glasses when handling the module. When the
substance comes in contact with eyes or skin, flush with a
large amount of water.
4. Place the air bag module in the sturdy plastic bag, and seal
the bag for disposal.
5. After the work, be sure to wash your hands with water.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
52B-427
SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
M1524004400443
When discarding the seat belt with pre-tensioner or a vehicle
which is equipped with seat belts with pre-tensioner, be sure to
deploy the pre-tensioner in advance as specified in the service
procedure that follows.
UNDEPLOYED SEAT BELT WITH
PRE-TENSIONER DISPOSAL
CAUTION
If the vehicle is to be scrapped or otherwise disposed
of, operate the seat belt pre-tensioner inside the vehi-
cle.
When replacing the seat belt with pre-tensioner, the
seat belt pre-tensioner of old parts must be operated
outside the vehicle.
Since a large amount of smoke is produced when the
seat belt pre-tensioner is operated, avoid residential
areas whenever possible. Also, do not perform the
operation near the smoke detector.
Since there is substantial report when the seat belt
pre-tensioner is operated, avoid residential areas
whenever possible. If anyone is nearby, give warning of
the impending noise.
Suitable ear protection must be put on by personnel
performing these procedures or by people in the imme-
diate area.
.

SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER DEPLOYMENT


INSIDE THE VEHICLE
1. Move the vehicle to flat and isolated spot.
CAUTION
Before starting the work, wait for 60 seconds or more after
the disconnection of the battery cable. (Refer to the item 5
P.52B-24 of Service Precautions).
2. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.
3. Remove the center pillar trim lower (Refer to GROUP 52A
Interior Trim P.52A-13).
Seat belt pre-tensioner
4. Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
harness side connector of floor harness connector. After releasing the lock,
disconnect the connector.
Locking NOTE: When the floor harness connector is disconnected
button from the seat belt pre-tensioner, the two pins of the seat belt
pre-tensioner connector are automatically shorted. This pre-
Flat-tipped
vents the unintentional deployment of the seat belt pre-ten-
screwdriver sioner caused by the static or others.

AC904862 AC

TSB Revision
52B-428 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

Connection 5. Connect the deployment wires of 6 m or more to each of the


two wiring harnesses of special tool adapter harness
(MB991885), and cover the connection areas with insulation
tape. Keep the other ends of deployment wires connected to
6 m (20 ft) or each other (shorted).
MB991885
longer NOTE: This prevents the unintentional deployment of seat
Deployment wires belt pre-tensioner caused by the static or others.

Insulator tape

AC103480 AJ

AC904862 6. Connect the adapter harness (MB991885) to the 2-pin


MB991885 connector of seat belt pre-tensioner, and then pull out the
deployment wire to outside the vehicle.
Seat belt
pre-tensioner 7. In order to suppress the operation sound as much as
connector possible, fully close all the door windows and close the
doors.
CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present inside or near the
vehicle before the deployment.
AC905397AB
Immediately after the pre-tensioner deployment, the
inflator is extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave
the inflator for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the seat belt pre-tensioner does not deploy, consult
with your distributor.
8. Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the vehicle. Then, connect the wires to the
removed vehicle battery to deploy the seat belt
pre-tensioner.
9. Discard the deployed seat belt pre-tensioner according to
the disposal procedures (Refer to ).
.

SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER DEPLOYMENT


OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE
CAUTION
Deploy the seat belt pre-tensioner in the wide open, flat
place with a distance of 6 m or more from obstacles and
people.
When deploying in the open space, do not deploy when
the strong wind is blowing. Even with a slight breeze,
ignite at the windward of the seat belt pre-tensioner.
CAUTION
Before starting the work, wait for 60 seconds or more after
the disconnection of the battery cable. (Refer to the item 5
P.52B-24 of Service Precautions).
1. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.

TSB Revision
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
52B-429
CAUTION
When the connector is disconnected, the two pins of seat
belt pre-tensioner is automatically shorted to prevent the
unintentional deployment caused by the static or others.
2. Remove the seat belt with pre-tensioner from the vehicle
(Refer to P.52B-401).
Connection 3. Connect the deployment wires of 6 m or more to each of the
two wiring harnesses of special tool adapter harness
(MB991885), and cover the connection areas with insulation
tape. Keep the other ends of deployment wires connected to
6 m (20 ft) or each other (shorted).
MB991885
longer NOTE: This prevents the unintentional deployment of seat
Deployment wires belt pre-tensioner caused by the static or others.
4. Pass a thick wire through the seat belt pre-tensioner bracket
Insulator tape
hole, and attach it to the old tire with wheel.
AC103480 AJ 5. Connect the adapter harness to the seat belt pre-tensioner
connector. (Retractor side)
CAUTION
Set so that the connector of pre-tensioner adapter harness
does not get pinched between the tires when deployed.
6. Pull out the seat belt to outside the tire.
7. Place an old tire without wheel onto the seat belt with
Tires pre-tensioner.
without
wheels

Deployment Seat belt


wires
AC105388AF
CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present near the seat belt with
pre-tensioner before the deployment.
Immediately after the seat belt pre-tensioner deploy-
ment, the inflator is extremely hot. Thus, before han-
dling, leave the inflator for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the seat belt pre-tensioner does not deploy, consult
with your distributor.
Deployment wires 8. Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
Vehicle battery as possible from the seat belt with pre-tensioner. Then,
AC004294 AC connect the wires to the removed vehicle battery to deploy
the seat belt pre-tensioner.
9. Discard the deployed seat belt with pre-tensioner according
to the disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-430).

TSB Revision
52B-430 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

DISCARD OF DEPLOYED SEAT BELT WITH


PRE-TENSIONER
After deployment and operation, the air bag module and seat
belt pre-tensioner should be disposed of in the same manner
as any other scrap parts, adhering to local laws and/or legisla-
tion. Observe the following precautions during air bag or seat
belt pre-tensioner disposal:
1. Immediately after the pre-tensioner deployment, the inflator
is extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator for
30 minutes or more to cool.
2. Do not pour water or oil onto the deployed pre-tensioner.
3. To the deployed pre-tensioner, substances that irritate eyes
and skin may be deposited. Therefore, wear gloves and
protective glasses when handling. When the substance
comes in contact with eyes or skin, flush with a large amount
of water.
4. Place the seat belt with pre-tensioner in the sturdy plastic
bag, and seal the bag for disposal.
5. After the work, be sure to wash your hands with water.

TSB Revision

You might also like